1 # Hungarian translation of the manpages in the dpkg package
2 # This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package.
3 # Copyright (C) FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
7 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
8 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-09-29 02:32+0300\n"
9 "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-29 02:54+0200\n"
10 "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n"
11 "Language-Team: Hungarian\n"
14 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
15 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
16 "X-Poedit-Language: Hungarian\n"
17 "X-Poedit-Country: HUNGARY\n"
26 #: deb.5:21 deb-src-control.5:20
32 #: deb.5:21 deb-control.5:22 deb-src-control.5:20 deb-split.5:18
33 #: deb-version.5:20 deb-old.5:20 deb-origin.5:19 deb-override.5:19
34 #: deb-extra-override.5:18 deb-shlibs.5:19 deb-substvars.5:20 deb-symbols.5:18
35 #: deb-triggers.5:19 dpkg.1:26 dpkg-architecture.1:21 dpkg.cfg.5:19
36 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:19 dpkg-buildpackage.1:22 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
37 #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:19 dpkg-deb.1:21 dpkg-divert.8:21 dpkg-genchanges.1:21
38 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:21 dpkg-gensymbols.1:19 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:18
39 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:18 dpkg-name.1:19 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:22
40 #: dpkg-query.1:21 dpkg-scanpackages.1:21 dpkg-scansources.1:20
41 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:22 dpkg-source.1:23 dpkg-split.1:19 dpkg-trigger.1:18
42 #: dpkg-vendor.1:18 dselect.1:22 dselect.cfg.5:19 start-stop-daemon.8:23
43 #: update-alternatives.8:25
45 msgid "Debian Project"
46 msgstr "Debian Project"
49 #: deb.5:21 deb-control.5:22 deb-src-control.5:20 deb-split.5:18
50 #: deb-version.5:20 deb-old.5:20 deb-origin.5:19 dselect.1:22
56 #: deb.5:22 deb-control.5:23 deb-src-control.5:21 deb-split.5:19
57 #: deb-version.5:21 deb-old.5:21 deb-origin.5:20 deb-override.5:20
58 #: deb-extra-override.5:19 deb-shlibs.5:20 deb-substvars.5:21 deb-symbols.5:19
59 #: deb-triggers.5:20 dpkg.1:27 dpkg-architecture.1:22 dpkg.cfg.5:20
60 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:20 dpkg-buildpackage.1:23 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:21
61 #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:20 dpkg-deb.1:22 dpkg-divert.8:22 dpkg-genchanges.1:22
62 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:22 dpkg-gensymbols.1:20 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:19
63 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:19 dpkg-name.1:20 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:23
64 #: dpkg-query.1:22 dpkg-scanpackages.1:22 dpkg-scansources.1:21
65 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:23 dpkg-source.1:24 dpkg-split.1:20 dpkg-statoverride.8:20
66 #: dpkg-trigger.1:19 dpkg-vendor.1:19 dselect.1:23 dselect.cfg.5:20
67 #: start-stop-daemon.8:24 update-alternatives.8:26
74 msgid "deb - Debian binary package format"
78 #: deb.5:24 deb-control.5:26 deb-src-control.5:24 deb-split.5:21
79 #: deb-version.5:24 deb-old.5:24 deb-origin.5:22 deb-override.5:23
80 #: deb-extra-override.5:22 deb-substvars.5:24 deb-symbols.5:22
81 #: deb-triggers.5:23 dpkg.1:30 dpkg-architecture.1:25 dpkg-buildflags.1:23
82 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:26 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:24 dpkg-distaddfile.1:23
83 #: dpkg-deb.1:25 dpkg-divert.8:25 dpkg-genchanges.1:25 dpkg-gencontrol.1:25
84 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:23 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:22 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:22
85 #: dpkg-name.1:23 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:26 dpkg-query.1:25
86 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:25 dpkg-scansources.1:24 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:26
87 #: dpkg-source.1:27 dpkg-split.1:23 dpkg-statoverride.8:23 dpkg-trigger.1:22
88 #: dpkg-vendor.1:22 dselect.1:26 start-stop-daemon.8:27
89 #: update-alternatives.8:29
95 #: deb.5:26 deb-split.5:23 deb-old.5:26
96 msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
100 #: deb.5:26 deb-control.5:29 deb-src-control.5:27 deb-split.5:23
101 #: deb-version.5:26 deb-old.5:27 deb-origin.5:24 deb-override.5:26
102 #: deb-extra-override.5:25 deb-shlibs.5:23 deb-substvars.5:27 deb-symbols.5:25
103 #: deb-triggers.5:26 dpkg.1:44 dpkg-architecture.1:30 dpkg.cfg.5:23
104 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:27 dpkg-buildpackage.1:30 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29
105 #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:27 dpkg-deb.1:29 dpkg-divert.8:30 dpkg-genchanges.1:30
106 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:29 dpkg-gensymbols.1:27 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:32
107 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:26 dpkg-name.1:29 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:30
108 #: dpkg-query.1:29 dpkg-scanpackages.1:33 dpkg-scansources.1:32
109 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:30 dpkg-source.1:31 dpkg-split.1:27 dpkg-statoverride.8:27
110 #: dpkg-trigger.1:29 dpkg-vendor.1:26 dselect.1:30 dselect.cfg.5:23
111 #: start-stop-daemon.8:31 update-alternatives.8:33
119 "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is "
120 "understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all "
121 "versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf."
127 "The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old "
128 "format are described in B<deb-old>(5)."
132 #: deb.5:36 deb-split.5:26 deb-old.5:37
140 "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. Only "
141 "the common B<ar> archive format is supported, with no long file name "
142 "extensions, but with file names containing an optional trailing slash, which "
143 "limits their length to 15 characters (from the 16 allowed). File sizes are "
144 "limited to 10 ASCII decimal digits, allowing for up to approximately 9536.74 "
151 "The B<tar> archives currently allowed are, the old-style (v7) format, the "
152 "pre-POSIX ustar format, a subset of the GNU format (only the new style long "
153 "pathnames and long linknames, supported since dpkg 1.4.1.17), and the POSIX "
154 "ustar format (long names supported since dpkg 1.15.0). Unrecognized tar "
155 "typeflags are considered an error."
161 "The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, "
162 "separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
163 "version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs "
164 "which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be "
165 "increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is "
172 "If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and "
173 "the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to "
174 "safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive "
175 "(except at the end), as described below."
181 "The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar "
182 "archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain "
183 "files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core "
184 "control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for "
185 "`B<.>', the current directory."
191 "The third, last required member is named B<data.tar>. It contains the "
192 "filesystem as a tar archive, either not compressed (supported since dpkg "
193 "1.10.24), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension), xz (with B<.xz> "
194 "extension, supported since dpkg 1.15.6), bzip2 (with B<.bz2> extension, "
195 "supported since dpkg 1.10.24) or lzma (with B<.lzma> extension, supported "
196 "since dpkg 1.13.25)."
202 "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should "
203 "ignore any additional members after B<data.tar>. Further members may be "
204 "defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. "
205 "Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar> and "
206 "which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names starting "
207 "with an underscore, `B<_>'."
213 "Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted "
214 "before B<data.tar> with names starting with something other than "
215 "underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be "
220 #: deb.5:103 deb-control.5:289 deb-src-control.5:374 deb-split.5:67
221 #: deb-version.5:131 deb-old.5:70 deb-origin.5:56 deb-override.5:66
222 #: deb-extra-override.5:54 deb-shlibs.5:66 deb-substvars.5:172
223 #: deb-symbols.5:77 deb-triggers.5:85 dpkg.1:820 dpkg-architecture.1:258
224 #: dpkg.cfg.5:41 dpkg-buildpackage.1:276 dpkg-deb.1:287 dpkg-divert.8:152
225 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:470 dpkg-name.1:109 dpkg-query.1:263
226 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:113 dpkg-scansources.1:90 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:348
227 #: dpkg-source.1:760 dpkg-split.1:234 dpkg-statoverride.8:102
228 #: dpkg-trigger.1:83 dpkg-vendor.1:65 dselect.1:466 dselect.cfg.5:41
229 #: update-alternatives.8:521
237 msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
238 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
247 #: deb-control.5:22 deb-version.5:20 deb-old.5:20 deb-override.5:19
248 #: deb-symbols.5:18 deb-triggers.5:19 dpkg-divert.8:21
249 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:18 dpkg-scansources.1:20 dpkg-trigger.1:18
256 msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
257 msgstr "deb-control - Debian csomag fő kontroll fájl formátum"
260 #: deb-control.5:28 deb-src-control.5:26
268 "Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
269 "number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each field "
270 "begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), "
271 "followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only "
272 "by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, "
273 "but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the "
274 "body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> field, see "
277 "Minden Debian csomag tartalmazza a mester `control' fájlt, mely mezőkből "
278 "áll. Minden mező egy tag-gel kezdődik, pl. B<Package> vagy B<Version> "
279 "(nagybetű-érzéketlen), melyet kettőspont és mezőtörzs követ. A mezőket csak "
280 "a mező tag-ek választják el. Vagyis, a mező szövege több sorból is állhat, "
281 "de a telepítő eszközök általában összefűzik ezeket egy mezőtörzs "
282 "feldolgozásakor (kivéve a B<Description> mezőt, l. alább)."
285 #: deb-control.5:44 deb-origin.5:33
287 msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
288 msgstr "KÖTELEZŐ MEZŐK"
293 msgid "B<Package:>I< package-name>"
294 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>"
299 "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
300 "file names by most installation tools."
302 "E mező értéke adja meg a csomag nevét, melyből a legtöbb telepítő eszköz "
303 "fájlneveket állít elő."
308 #| msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
309 msgid "B<Version:>I< version-string>"
310 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>verzióE<gt>"
316 "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
317 "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for "
318 "non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are described "
319 "in B<deb-version>(5)."
321 "Ez általában az eredeti csomag verzió szám, a program szerzője által "
322 "használt formában. Debian revízió számot is tartalmazhat (nem-natív "
323 "csomagoknál). Ha mindkettő meg van adva, elválasztásuk kötőjellel történik, "
324 "`-'. Ezért az eredeti változat nem tartalmazhat kötőjelet verziószámában."
329 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
330 msgid "B<Maintainer:>I< fullname-email>"
331 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>teljes.név emailE<gt>"
336 "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
337 "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
338 "the software that was packaged."
340 "Formája ilyen lehet: `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', és általában "
341 "nem a szoftver szerzőjét hanem a csomag készítőjét tartalmazza."
346 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
347 msgid "B<Description:>I< short-description>"
348 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>rövid leírásE<gt>"
353 #| msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
354 msgid "B< >I<long-description>"
355 msgstr "B< >E<lt>hosszú leírásE<gt>"
360 "The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
361 "line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used "
362 "as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description "
363 "must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must "
364 "contain a single '.' following the preceding space."
366 "A csomagok leírásának formátuma egy rövid összefoglaló az 1. sorban (a "
367 "\"Description\" tag után). A következő sorok hosszabb leírásra használhatók. "
368 "A hosszú leírás minden sora szóközzel kell kezdődjön, és a hosszú leírás "
369 "üres sorai egy '.'-t kell tartalmazzanak a vezető szóköz után."
372 #: deb-control.5:71 deb-origin.5:37
374 msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
375 msgstr "LEHETSÉGES MEZŐK"
378 #: deb-control.5:72 deb-src-control.5:107
380 #| msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
381 msgid "B<Section:>I< section>"
382 msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>szakaszE<gt>"
387 "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
388 "software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', "
391 "Ez egy általános mező, mely a csomagot egy témakörhöz (szakaszhoz) társítja, "
392 "például ilyenekhez: `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' stb."
395 #: deb-control.5:77 deb-src-control.5:113
397 #| msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
398 msgid "B<Priority:>I< priority>"
399 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>elsőbbségE<gt>"
404 "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
405 "Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
407 "Megadja e csomag fontosságát a rendszer egészében. Ilyenek például: "
408 "`required', `standard', `optional', `extra' (kötelező, szokásos...) stb."
411 #: deb-control.5:90 deb-src-control.5:126
414 "In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
415 "accepted values based on the Policy Manual. A list of these values can be "
416 "obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package."
418 "A Debianban a B<Section> és B<Priority> mezők a Policy Manual leírásban "
419 "adott értékeket vehetik fel. Ezek adják meg egy csomag elhelyezkedését az "
420 "archívumban. Ezek megtekinthetők a B<debian-policy> csomag legutóbbi "
424 #: deb-control.5:90 deb-src-control.5:258
426 #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
427 msgid "B<Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>"
428 msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
434 #| "This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
435 #| "package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
436 #| "other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be "
437 #| "removed (at least not without using one of the force options)."
439 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a "
440 "package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
441 "other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed "
442 "(at least not without using one of the force options)."
444 "E mező általában csak akkor kell, ha válasz `yes' (igen). Ez a csomagot a "
445 "rendszer helyes működéséhez lényegesnek írja le. A dpkg vagy más telepítő "
446 "eszköz alapértelmezetten nem hajtja végre az B<Essential> (lényeges) "
447 "csomagok eltávolítását (csak kényszerítő lehetőségekkel)."
452 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
453 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>"
454 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
459 "The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
460 "for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' "
461 "etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture "
462 "independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and "
465 "Az architektúra megadja, hogy e csomag milyen gépre fordított. A "
466 "leggyakrabbak `i386', `amd64', `powerpc', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', stb. Az "
467 "B<all> lehetőség az ettől független csomagokat jelenti. Például ilyenek a "
468 "Perl parancsfájlok és dokumentációk."
471 #: deb-control.5:105 deb-src-control.5:102
473 msgid "B<Origin:>I< name>"
474 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>forrás névE<gt>"
478 msgid "The name of the distribution this package is originating from."
482 #: deb-control.5:108 deb-src-control.5:83
484 msgid "B<Bugs:>I< url>"
485 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
490 "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used "
491 "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>."
495 #: deb-control.5:113 deb-src-control.5:79
497 msgid "B<Homepage:>I< url>"
498 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
502 msgid "The upstream project home page I<url>."
506 #: deb-control.5:116 deb-src-control.5:264
508 msgid "B<Tag:>I< tag-list>"
509 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
514 "List of tags describing the qualities of the package. The description and "
515 "list of supported tags can be found in the B<debtags> package."
519 #: deb-control.5:120 deb-src-control.5:261
521 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
522 msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>"
523 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>forrás névE<gt>"
528 "This field is used to indicate how this package should behave on a multi-"
529 "arch installations. The value B<same> means that the package is co-"
530 "installable with itself, but it must not be used to satisfy the dependency "
531 "of any package of a different architecture from itself. The value B<foreign> "
532 "means that the package is not co-installable with itself, but should be "
533 "allowed to satisfy the dependency of a package of a different arch from "
534 "itself. The value B<allowed> allows reverse-dependencies to indicate in "
535 "their Depends field that they accept a package from a foreign architecture, "
536 "but has no effect otherwise."
542 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
543 msgid "B<Source:>I< source-name>"
544 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>forrás névE<gt>"
549 "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
550 "different than the name of the package itself."
552 "Annak a forrás csomagnak a neve, ahonnan e bináris is származik, ha eltér."
555 #: deb-control.5:136 deb-src-control.5:244
557 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
558 msgid "B<Subarchitecture:>I< value>"
559 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
562 #: deb-control.5:139 deb-src-control.5:247
564 msgid "B<Kernel-Version:>I< value>"
565 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>verzióE<gt>"
568 #: deb-control.5:142 deb-src-control.5:250
570 msgid "B<Installer-Menu-Item:>I< value>"
571 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
574 #: deb-control.5:149 deb-src-control.5:257
576 "These fields are used by the debian-installer and are usually not needed. "
577 "See /usr/share/doc/debian-installer/devel/modules.txt from the B<debian-"
578 "installer> package for more details about them."
582 #: deb-control.5:150 deb-src-control.5:275
584 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
585 msgid "B<Depends:>I< package-list>"
586 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
592 "List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
593 "amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
594 "package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field "
595 "aren't installed (at least not without using the force options). In an "
596 "installation, the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields are "
597 "run before those of the packages which depend on them. On the opposite, in a "
598 "removal, the prerm script of a package is run before those of the packages "
599 "listed in its Depends: field."
601 "Azon csomagok listája, melyek szükségesek egy csomag rendes működéséhez. A "
602 "csomag-karbantartó szoftver nem engedi a telepítést a B<Depends> mezőben "
603 "megadott csomagok telepítése nélkül (csak kényszerítő lehetőségekkel), és "
604 "lefuttatja a postinst és prerm parancsfájlokat."
607 #: deb-control.5:161 deb-src-control.5:278
609 #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
610 msgid "B<Pre-Depends:>I< package-list>"
611 msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
616 "List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
617 "can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
618 "requires another package for running its preinst script."
620 "Azon csomagok listája, melyek telepítése B<és> konfigurálása kötelező ennek "
621 "telepítése előtt. Általában akkor használatos, ha e csomag a telepítés "
622 "előtti (preinst) parancsfájl lefuttatásához egy másik csomagot igényel "
625 #: deb-control.5:168 deb-src-control.5:281
627 #| msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
628 msgid "B<Recommends:>I< package-list>"
629 msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
634 "Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
635 "installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
636 "install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field."
638 "Azon csomagok listája, melyeket e csomaggal mindig együtt szokás használni, "
639 "kivéve egyes, szokásostól eltérő telepítéseket. A csomag-karbantartó "
640 "szoftver figyelmezteti a felhasználót, ha a B<Recommends> mezőben lévő "
641 "csomagok kijelölése nélkül telepít."
644 #: deb-control.5:175 deb-src-control.5:284
646 #| msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
647 msgid "B<Suggests:>I< package-list>"
648 msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
653 "Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
654 "usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
657 "Azon csomagok listája, melyek ennek képességeit növelhetik, de melyek "
663 "The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
664 "fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
665 "packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are "
666 "separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with "
667 "pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a "
668 "version number specification in parentheses."
670 "A B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> és B<Suggests> mezők szintaxisa "
671 "más csomagok csoportjainak listája. Minden csoport egy függőleges vonalakkal "
672 "(ún. `pipa', `|' jelekkel) elválasztott csomaglista. A csoportok vesszőkkel "
673 "vannak elválasztva. A vessző jelentése `ÉS', a pipáé `VAGY', akár nagyobb "
674 "kötésekkel. Minden csomagnevet a verziószám megadása követhet zárójelben."
679 "A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
680 "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
681 "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" "
682 "for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than "
683 "or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to."
685 "A verziószám kezdődhet így: `E<gt>E<gt>', ekkor bármely későbbi verzió "
686 "megfelel, és megadhat Debian csomag revíziót (kötőjellel elválasztva). "
687 "Elfogadott verzióviszonyok: \"E<gt>E<gt>\" nagyobb mint, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" "
688 "kisebb mint, \"E<gt>=\" nagyobb vagy egyenlő, \"E<lt>=\" kisebb vagy "
689 "egyenlő, és \"=\" egyenlő."
692 #: deb-control.5:198 deb-src-control.5:287
694 msgid "B<Breaks:>I< package-list>"
695 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
701 "Lists packages that this one breaks, for example by exposing bugs when the "
702 "named packages rely on this one. The package maintenance software will not "
703 "allow broken packages to be configured; generally the resolution is to "
704 "upgrade the packages named in a B<Breaks> field."
706 "Ütköző csomagok, például azonos nevű fájlokat tartalmazók. A "
707 "csomagkarbantartó szoftver nem engedi ezek egyidejű telepítését. 2 ütköző "
708 "csomag 1-1 B<Conflicts> mezőben hivatkozik egymásra."
711 #: deb-control.5:206 deb-src-control.5:296
713 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
714 msgid "B<Conflicts:>I< package-list>"
715 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
720 "Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
721 "with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
722 "conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting "
723 "packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other."
725 "Ütköző csomagok, például azonos nevű fájlokat tartalmazók. A "
726 "csomagkarbantartó szoftver nem engedi ezek egyidejű telepítését. 2 ütköző "
727 "csomag 1-1 B<Conflicts> mezőben hivatkozik egymásra."
730 #: deb-control.5:214 deb-src-control.5:293
732 #| msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
733 msgid "B<Replaces:>I< package-list>"
734 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
739 "List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
740 "allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
741 "usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other "
742 "package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package."
744 "Az e csomag által lecserélt csomag fájlok listája. Ez lehetővé teszi e "
745 "csomagnak más csomag fájljainak felülírását és általában a B<Conflicts> "
746 "mezővel használatos a másik csomag törlésére, ha ez azonos nevű fájlt "
747 "tartalmaz, mint az ütköző csomag."
750 #: deb-control.5:222 deb-src-control.5:299
752 #| msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
753 msgid "B<Provides:>I< package-list>"
754 msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
759 "This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
760 "used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
761 "example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a "
762 "common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. "
763 "This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the "
764 "dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from "
765 "having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate "
768 "Ez egy e csomag által adott virtuális csomaglista. Általában eltérő csomagok "
769 "által nyújtott hasonló szolgáltatás esetén használt. Például a sendmail és "
770 "exim levelező-kiszolgálók, így egy általános csomagot adnak (`mail-transport-"
771 "agent'), melytől más csomagok függhetnek. Így a sendmail vagy exim érvényes "
772 "függőségként szolgálhat. Így a csomagoknak nem kell ismerniük az összes "
773 "levelező-kiszolgálót egy `|'-kkal elválasztott listában."
779 #| "The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of "
780 #| "package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the "
781 #| "B<Conflicts> field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version "
782 #| "can also be given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and "
783 #| "B<Replaces> fields."
785 "The syntax of B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list "
786 "of package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the "
787 "B<Breaks> and B<Conflicts> fields, the comma should be read as `OR'. An "
788 "optional version can also be given with the same syntax as above for the "
789 "B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields."
791 "A B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> és B<Provides> szintaxisa egy vesszőkkel (és "
792 "tetszőleges helykitöltőkkel) elválasztott csomagnév lista. A B<Conflicts> "
793 "mezőben, a vessző `VAGY'. A verzió szintén megadható a már ismert módon."
796 #: deb-control.5:252 deb-src-control.5:302
798 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
799 msgid "B<Built-Using:>I< package-list>"
800 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
805 "This field lists extra source packages that were used during the build of "
806 "this binary package. This is an indication to the archive maintenance "
807 "software that these extra source packages must be kept whilst this binary "
808 "package is maintained. This field must be a list of source package names "
809 "with strict (=) version relationships. Note that the archive maintenance "
810 "software is likely to refuse to accept an upload which declares a B<Built-"
811 "Using> relationship which cannot be satisfied within the archive."
815 #: deb-control.5:263 deb-src-control.5:335 deb-origin.5:50
816 #: start-stop-daemon.8:334
828 "Priority: required\n"
830 "Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n"
831 "Architecture: sparc\n"
833 "Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n"
836 "Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n"
837 " The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n"
838 " GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n"
839 " twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n"
840 " search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n"
841 " considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
842 " look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
843 " than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
844 " will run more slowly, however).\n"
848 "Priority: required\n"
850 "Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n"
851 "Architecture: sparc\n"
853 "Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n"
856 "Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n"
857 " The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n"
858 " GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n"
859 " twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n"
860 " search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n"
861 " considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
862 " look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
863 " than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
864 " will run more slowly, however.)\n"
870 "B<deb>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<debtags>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
871 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
874 #: deb-src-control.5:20
876 #| msgid "deb-control"
877 msgid "deb-src-control"
881 #: deb-src-control.5:23
883 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
884 msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source packages' master control file format"
885 msgstr "deb-control - Debian csomag fő kontroll fájl formátum"
888 #: deb-src-control.5:45
890 "Each Debian source package contains the master \"control\" file, which "
891 "contains at least 2 paragraphs, separated by a blank line. The first "
892 "paragraph lists all information about the source package in general, while "
893 "each following paragraph describes exactly one binary package. Each "
894 "paragraph consists of at least one field. A field starts with a fieldname, "
895 "such as B<Package> or B<Section> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, "
896 "the body of the field and a newline. Multi-line fields are also allowed, "
897 "but each supplementary line, without a fieldname, should start with at least "
898 "one space. The content of the multi-line fields is generally joined to a "
899 "single line by the tools (except in the case of the B<Description> field, "
900 "see below). To insert empty lines into a multi-line field, insert a dot "
901 "after the space. Lines starting with a B<'#'> are treated as comments."
905 #: deb-src-control.5:46
907 #| msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
908 msgid "SOURCE FIELDS"
909 msgstr "KÖTELEZŐ MEZŐK"
912 #: deb-src-control.5:47
914 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
915 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)"
916 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>forrás névE<gt>"
919 #: deb-src-control.5:54
921 "The value of this field is the name of the source package, and should match "
922 "the name of the source package in the debian/changelog file. A package name "
923 "must consist only of lower case letters (a-z), digits (0-9), plus (+) and "
924 "minus (-) signs, and periods (.). Package names must be at least two "
925 "characters long and must start with an alphanumeric character."
929 #: deb-src-control.5:55
931 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
932 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (required)"
933 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>teljes.név emailE<gt>"
936 #: deb-src-control.5:60
939 #| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
940 #| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
941 #| "the software that was packaged."
943 "Should be in the format \"Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>\", and "
944 "references the person who currently maintains the package, as opposed to the "
945 "author of the software or the original packager."
947 "Formája ilyen lehet: `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', és általában "
948 "nem a szoftver szerzőjét hanem a csomag készítőjét tartalmazza."
951 #: deb-src-control.5:61
953 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
954 msgid "B<Uploaders:>I< fullname-email>"
955 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>teljes.név emailE<gt>"
958 #: deb-src-control.5:66
960 "Lists all the names and email addresses of co-maintainers of the package, in "
961 "the same format as the Maintainer field. Multiple co-maintainers should be "
962 "separated by a comma."
966 #: deb-src-control.5:67
968 #| msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
969 msgid "B<Standards-Version:>I< version-string>"
970 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>verzióE<gt>"
973 #: deb-src-control.5:73
975 "This documents the most recent version of the standards (which consists of "
976 "the Debian Policy Manual and referenced texts from the B<debian-policy> "
977 "package) this package complies to."
981 #: deb-src-control.5:74
983 #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
984 msgid "B<DM-Upload-Allowed:> B<yes>|B<no>"
985 msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
988 #: deb-src-control.5:78
990 "This field indicates whether the package can be uploaded by Debian "
991 "Maintainers appearing in the Maintainer or Uploaders field. The default "
996 #: deb-src-control.5:82
997 msgid "The upstream project home page URL."
1001 #: deb-src-control.5:88
1003 "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used "
1004 "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian."
1005 "org>. This field is usually not needed."
1009 #: deb-src-control.5:89
1011 msgid "B<Vcs-*:>I< url>"
1012 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
1015 #: deb-src-control.5:96
1017 "The I<url> of the Version Control System repository used to maintain this "
1018 "package. Currently supported are B<Arch>, B<Bzr> (Bazaar), B<Cvs>, B<Darcs>, "
1019 "B<Git>, B<Hg> (Mercurial), B<Mtn> (Monotone) and B<Svn> (Subversion). "
1020 "Usually this field points to the latest version of the package, such as the "
1021 "main branch or the trunk."
1025 #: deb-src-control.5:97
1027 msgid "B<Vcs-Browser:>I< url>"
1028 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
1031 #: deb-src-control.5:101
1033 "The I<url> of a webinterface to browse the Version Control System repository."
1037 #: deb-src-control.5:106
1039 "The name of the distribution this package is originating from. This field is "
1040 "usually not needed."
1044 #: deb-src-control.5:112
1047 #| "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
1048 #| "software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', "
1049 #| "`mail', `text', `x11' etc."
1051 "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
1052 "software that it installs. Some common sections are \"utils\", \"net\", "
1053 "\"mail\", \"text\", \"x11\", etc."
1055 "Ez egy általános mező, mely a csomagot egy témakörhöz (szakaszhoz) társítja, "
1056 "például ilyenekhez: `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' stb."
1059 #: deb-src-control.5:117
1062 #| "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a "
1063 #| "whole. Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' "
1066 "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
1067 "Common priorities are \"required\", \"standard\", \"optional\", \"extra\", "
1070 "Megadja e csomag fontosságát a rendszer egészében. Ilyenek például: "
1071 "`required', `standard', `optional', `extra' (kötelező, szokásos...) stb."
1074 #: deb-src-control.5:127
1076 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1077 msgid "B<Build-Depends:>I< package-list>"
1078 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
1081 #: deb-src-control.5:134
1083 "A list of packages that need to be installed and configured to be able to "
1084 "build the source package. Including a dependency in this list has the same "
1085 "effect as including it in both B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Depends-"
1086 "Indep>, with the additional effect of being used for source-only builds."
1090 #: deb-src-control.5:135
1092 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1093 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Arch:>I< package list>"
1094 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
1097 #: deb-src-control.5:142
1099 "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the "
1100 "architecture dependent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed in "
1101 "this case. This field was introduced in dpkg version 1.16.4; in order to "
1102 "build with older dpkg versions, B<Build-Depends> should be used instead."
1106 #: deb-src-control.5:143
1108 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1109 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Indep:>I< package-list>"
1110 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
1113 #: deb-src-control.5:148
1115 "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the "
1116 "architecture independent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed "
1121 #: deb-src-control.5:149
1123 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1124 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts:>I< package list>"
1125 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
1128 #: deb-src-control.5:157
1130 "A list of packages that should not be installed when the package is built, "
1131 "for example because they interfere with the build system used. Including a "
1132 "dependency in this list has the same effect as including it in both B<Build-"
1133 "Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep>, with the additional effect of "
1134 "being used for source-only builds."
1138 #: deb-src-control.5:158
1140 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1141 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Arch:>I< package list>"
1142 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
1145 #: deb-src-control.5:164
1147 "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture "
1148 "dependent packages. This field was introduced in dpkg version 1.16.4; in "
1149 "order to build with older dpkg versions, B<Build-Conflicts> should be used "
1154 #: deb-src-control.5:165
1156 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1157 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Indep:>I< package-list>"
1158 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
1161 #: deb-src-control.5:169
1163 "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture "
1164 "independent packages."
1168 #: deb-src-control.5:182
1171 #| "The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
1172 #| "fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list "
1173 #| "of packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The "
1174 #| "groups are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes "
1175 #| "as `OR', with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally "
1176 #| "followed by a version number specification in parentheses."
1178 "The syntax of the B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-"
1179 "Depends-Indep> fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each "
1180 "group is a list of packages separated by vertical bar (or \"pipe\") symbols, "
1181 "\"|\". The groups are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as \"AND\", "
1182 "and pipes as \"OR\", with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is "
1183 "optionally followed by a version number specification in parentheses and an "
1184 "architecture specification in square brackets."
1186 "A B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> és B<Suggests> mezők szintaxisa "
1187 "más csomagok csoportjainak listája. Minden csoport egy függőleges vonalakkal "
1188 "(ún. `pipa', `|' jelekkel) elválasztott csomaglista. A csoportok vesszőkkel "
1189 "vannak elválasztva. A vessző jelentése `ÉS', a pipáé `VAGY', akár nagyobb "
1190 "kötésekkel. Minden csomagnevet a verziószám megadása követhet zárójelben."
1193 #: deb-src-control.5:192
1196 #| "The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
1197 #| "fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list "
1198 #| "of packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The "
1199 #| "groups are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes "
1200 #| "as `OR', with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally "
1201 #| "followed by a version number specification in parentheses."
1203 "The syntax of the B<Build-Conflicts>, B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-"
1204 "Conflicts-Indep> fields is a list of comma-separated package names, where "
1205 "the comma is read as an \"AND\". Specifying alternative packages using a "
1206 "\"pipe\" is not supported. Each package name is optionally followed by a "
1207 "version number specification in parentheses and an architecture "
1208 "specification in square brackets."
1210 "A B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> és B<Suggests> mezők szintaxisa "
1211 "más csomagok csoportjainak listája. Minden csoport egy függőleges vonalakkal "
1212 "(ún. `pipa', `|' jelekkel) elválasztott csomaglista. A csoportok vesszőkkel "
1213 "vannak elválasztva. A vessző jelentése `ÉS', a pipáé `VAGY', akár nagyobb "
1214 "kötésekkel. Minden csomagnevet a verziószám megadása követhet zárójelben."
1217 #: deb-src-control.5:198
1220 #| "A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
1221 #| "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
1222 #| "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>"
1223 #| "\" for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater "
1224 #| "than or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for "
1227 "A version number may start with a \"E<gt>E<gt>\", in which case any later "
1228 "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
1229 "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" "
1230 "for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than "
1231 "or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to."
1233 "A verziószám kezdődhet így: `E<gt>E<gt>', ekkor bármely későbbi verzió "
1234 "megfelel, és megadhat Debian csomag revíziót (kötőjellel elválasztva). "
1235 "Elfogadott verzióviszonyok: \"E<gt>E<gt>\" nagyobb mint, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" "
1236 "kisebb mint, \"E<gt>=\" nagyobb vagy egyenlő, \"E<lt>=\" kisebb vagy "
1237 "egyenlő, és \"=\" egyenlő."
1240 #: deb-src-control.5:202
1242 "A architecture specification consists of one or more architecture names, "
1243 "separated by whitespace. Exclamation marks may be prepended to each of the "
1244 "names, meaning \"NOT\"."
1248 #: deb-src-control.5:207
1250 "Note that dependencies on packages in the B<build-essential> set can be "
1251 "omitted and that declaring build conflicts against them is impossible. A "
1252 "list of these packages is in the build-essential package."
1256 #: deb-src-control.5:209
1258 #| msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
1259 msgid "BINARY FIELDS"
1260 msgstr "LEHETSÉGES MEZŐK"
1263 #: deb-src-control.5:218
1265 "Note that the B<Priority>, B<Section> and B<Homepage> fields can also be in "
1266 "a binary paragraph to override the global value from the source package."
1270 #: deb-src-control.5:219
1272 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
1273 msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)"
1274 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>"
1277 #: deb-src-control.5:223
1279 "This field is used to name the binary package name. The same restrictions as "
1280 "to a source package name apply."
1284 #: deb-src-control.5:224
1286 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
1287 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (required)"
1288 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
1291 #: deb-src-control.5:237
1293 "The architecture specifies on which type of hardware this package runs. For "
1294 "packages that run on all architectures, use the B<any> value. For packages "
1295 "that are architecture independent, such as shell and Perl scripts or "
1296 "documentation, use the B<all> value. To restrict the packages to a certain "
1297 "set of architectures, specify the architecture names, separated by a space. "
1298 "It's also possible to put architecture wildcards in that list (see B<dpkg-"
1299 "architecture>(1) for more information about them)."
1303 #: deb-src-control.5:238
1305 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
1306 msgid "B<Package-Type:> B<deb>|B<udeb>"
1307 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>"
1310 #: deb-src-control.5:243
1312 "This field defines the type of the package. \"udeb\" is for size-constrained "
1313 "packages used by the debian installer. \"deb\" is the default value, it's "
1314 "assumed if the field is absent. More types might be added in the future."
1318 #: deb-src-control.5:267
1320 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
1321 msgid "B<Description:> I<short-description> (required)"
1322 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>rövid leírásE<gt>"
1325 #: deb-src-control.5:274
1327 "These fields are described in the B<deb-control>(5) manual page, as they "
1328 "are copied literally to the control file of the binary package."
1332 #: deb-src-control.5:290
1334 #| msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1335 msgid "B<Enhances:>I< package-list>"
1336 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
1339 #: deb-src-control.5:312
1341 "These fields declare relationships between packages. They are discussed in "
1342 "the B<deb-control>(5) manpage and in the B<debian-policy> package."
1346 #: deb-src-control.5:313
1348 #| msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
1349 msgid "USER-DEFINED FIELDS"
1350 msgstr "KÖTELEZŐ MEZŐK"
1353 #: deb-src-control.5:328
1355 "It is allowed to add additional user-defined fields to the control file. The "
1356 "tools will ignore these fields. If you want the fields to be copied over to "
1357 "the output files, such as the binary packages, you need to use a custom "
1358 "naming scheme: the fields should start with a X, followed by one or more of "
1359 "the letters BCS and a hypen. If the letter B is used, the field will appear "
1360 "in the control file in the binary package, see B<deb-control>(5), for the "
1361 "letter S in the source package control file as constructed by B<dpkg-source>"
1362 "(1) and for the letter C in the upload control (.changes) file. Note that "
1363 "the X[BCS]- prefixes are stripped when the fields are copied over to the "
1364 "output files. A field B<XC-Approved-By> will appear as B<Approved-By> in the "
1365 "changes file and will not appear in the binary or source package control "
1370 #: deb-src-control.5:334
1372 "Take into account that these user-defined fields will be using the global "
1373 "namespace, which might at some point in the future collide with officially "
1374 "recognized fields. To avoid such potential situation you can prefix those "
1375 "fields with B<Private->, such as B<XB-Private-New-Field>, which as a side "
1376 "effect will make B<dpkg-deb> not warn on them as unknown fields."
1380 #: deb-src-control.5:351
1386 "Priority: required\n"
1387 "Maintainer: Dpkg Developers E<lt>debian-dpkg@lists.debian.orgE<gt>\n"
1388 "# this field is copied to the binary and source packages\n"
1389 "XBS-Upstream-Release-Status: stable\n"
1390 "Homepage: http://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg\n"
1391 "Vcs-Browser: http://git.debian.org/?p=dpkg/dpkg.git\n"
1392 "Vcs-Git: git://git.debian.org/git/dpkg/dpkg.git\n"
1393 "Standards-Version: 3.7.3\n"
1394 "Build-Depends: pkg-config, debhelper (E<gt>= 4.1.81),\n"
1395 " libselinux1-dev (E<gt>= 1.28-4) [!linux-any]\n"
1399 #: deb-src-control.5:370
1402 "Package: dpkg-dev\n"
1404 "Priority: optional\n"
1405 "Architecture: all\n"
1406 "# this is a custom field in the binary package\n"
1407 "XB-Mentoring-Contact: Raphael Hertzog E<lt>hertzog@debian.orgE<gt>\n"
1408 "Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.14.6), perl5, perl-modules, cpio (E<gt>= 2.4.2-2),\n"
1409 " bzip2, lzma, patch (E<gt>= 2.2-1), make, binutils, libtimedate-perl\n"
1410 "Recommends: gcc | c-compiler, build-essential\n"
1411 "Suggests: gnupg, debian-keyring\n"
1412 "Conflicts: dpkg-cross (E<lt>E<lt> 2.0.0), devscripts (E<lt>E<lt> 2.10.26)\n"
1413 "Replaces: manpages-pl (E<lt>= 20051117-1)\n"
1414 "Description: Debian package development tools\n"
1415 " This package provides the development tools (including dpkg-source)\n"
1416 " required to unpack, build and upload Debian source packages.\n"
1418 " Most Debian source packages will require additional tools to build;\n"
1419 " for example, most packages need make and the C compiler gcc.\n"
1423 #: deb-src-control.5:377
1425 msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<dpkg-source>(1)"
1426 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
1432 msgstr "dpkg készlet"
1437 #| msgid "2006-02-28"
1444 msgid "deb-split - Debian multi-part binary package format"
1451 "The multi-part B<.deb> format is used to split big packages into smaller "
1452 "pieces to ease transport in small media."
1459 "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. The "
1460 "file names might contain a trailing slash (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
1466 "The first member is named B<debian-split> and contains a series of lines, "
1467 "separated by newlines. Currently eight lines are present:"
1471 #: deb-split.5:32 deb-split.5:35 deb-split.5:37 deb-split.5:39 deb-split.5:41
1472 #: deb-split.5:43 deb-split.5:45 deb-split.5:48 dpkg-gensymbols.1:37
1473 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:39 dpkg-gensymbols.1:41 dpkg-gensymbols.1:43
1474 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:330 dpkg-gensymbols.1:336 dpkg-gensymbols.1:370
1475 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:374 dpkg-gensymbols.1:377
1483 "The format version number, B<2.1> at the time this manual page was written."
1488 msgid "The package name."
1493 msgid "The package version."
1498 msgid "The md5sum of the package."
1504 msgid "The total size of the package."
1505 msgstr "Kiszedi az ellenőrző információs fájlt egy bináris csomagarchívumból"
1509 msgid "The maximum part size."
1515 "The current part number, followed by a slash and the total amount of parts "
1516 "(as in \\(oq1/10\\(cq)."
1521 msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
1527 "Programs which read multi-part archives should be prepared for the minor "
1528 "format version number to be increased and additional lines to be present, "
1529 "and should ignore these if this is the case."
1535 "If the major format version number has changed, an incompatible change has "
1536 "been made and the program should stop. If it has not, then the program "
1537 "should be able to safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member "
1538 "in the archive (except at the end), as described below."
1544 "The second, last required member is named B<data.>I<N>, where I<N> denotes "
1545 "the part number. It contains the raw part data."
1551 "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should "
1552 "ignore any additional members after B<data.>I<N>. Further members may be "
1553 "defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these two."
1559 msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-split>(1)."
1560 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
1566 msgstr "B<--version>"
1571 msgid "deb-version - Debian package version number format"
1572 msgstr "deb-control - Debian csomag fő kontroll fájl formátum"
1576 msgid "[I<epoch>B<:>]I<upstream-version>[B<->I<debian-revision>]"
1582 "Version numbers as used for Debian binary and source packages consist of "
1583 "three components. These are:"
1595 "This is a single (generally small) unsigned integer. It may be omitted, in "
1596 "which case zero is assumed. If it is omitted then the I<upstream-version> "
1597 "may not contain any colons."
1603 "It is provided to allow mistakes in the version numbers of older versions of "
1604 "a package, and also a package's previous version numbering schemes, to be "
1611 msgid "I<upstream-version>"
1612 msgstr "B<--version>"
1617 "This is the main part of the version number. It is usually the version "
1618 "number of the original (\"upstream\") package from which the I<.deb> file "
1619 "has been made, if this is applicable. Usually this will be in the same "
1620 "format as that specified by the upstream author(s); however, it may need to "
1621 "be reformatted to fit into the package management system's format and "
1622 "comparison scheme."
1628 "The comparison behavior of the package management system with respect to the "
1629 "I<upstream-version> is described below. The I<upstream-version> portion of "
1630 "the version number is mandatory."
1636 "The I<upstream-version> may contain only alphanumerics (\"A-Za-z0-9\") and "
1637 "the characters B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (full stop, plus, hyphen, colon, "
1638 "tilde) and should start with a digit. If there is no I<debian-revision> "
1639 "then hyphens are not allowed; if there is no I<epoch> then colons are not "
1646 msgid "I<debian-revision>"
1647 msgstr "B<--version>"
1652 "This part of the version number specifies the version of the Debian package "
1653 "based on the upstream version. It may contain only alphanumerics and the "
1654 "characters B<+> B<.> B<~> (plus, full stop, tilde) and is compared in the "
1655 "same way as the I<upstream-version> is."
1661 "It is optional; if it isn't present then the I<upstream-version> may not "
1662 "contain a hyphen. This format represents the case where a piece of software "
1663 "was written specifically to be turned into a Debian package, and so there is "
1664 "only one \"debianisation\" of it and therefore no revision indication is "
1671 "It is conventional to restart the I<debian-revision> at '1' each time time "
1672 "the I<upstream-version> is increased."
1678 "Dpkg will break the version number apart at the last hyphen in the string "
1679 "(if there is one) to determine the I<upstream-version> and I<debian-"
1680 "revision>. The absence of a I<debian-revision> compares earlier than the "
1681 "presence of one (but note that the I<debian-revision> is the least "
1682 "significant part of the version number)."
1688 msgid "Sorting Algorithm"
1694 "The I<upstream-version> and I<debian-revision> parts are compared by the "
1695 "package management system using the same algorithm:"
1700 msgid "The strings are compared from left to right."
1704 #: deb-version.5:107
1706 "First the initial part of each string consisting entirely of non-digit "
1707 "characters is determined. These two parts (one of which may be empty) are "
1708 "compared lexically. If a difference is found it is returned. The lexical "
1709 "comparison is a comparison of ASCII values modified so that all the letters "
1710 "sort earlier than all the non-letters and so that a tilde sorts before "
1711 "anything, even the end of a part. For example, the following parts are in "
1712 "sorted order: '~~', '~~a', '~', the empty part, 'a'."
1716 #: deb-version.5:115
1718 "Then the initial part of the remainder of each string which consists "
1719 "entirely of digit characters is determined. The numerical values of these "
1720 "two parts are compared, and any difference found is returned as the result "
1721 "of the comparison. For these purposes an empty string (which can only occur "
1722 "at the end of one or both version strings being compared) counts as zero."
1726 #: deb-version.5:119
1728 "These two steps (comparing and removing initial non-digit strings and "
1729 "initial digit strings) are repeated until a difference is found or both "
1730 "strings are exhausted."
1734 #: deb-version.5:127
1736 "Note that the purpose of epochs is to allow us to leave behind mistakes in "
1737 "version numbering, and to cope with situations where the version numbering "
1738 "scheme changes. It is B<not> intended to cope with version numbers "
1739 "containing strings of letters which the package management system cannot "
1740 "interpret (such as 'ALPHA' or 'pre-'), or with silly orderings."
1744 #: deb-version.5:127 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:175
1750 #: deb-version.5:131
1752 "The tilde character and its special sorting properties were introduced in "
1753 "dpkg, version 1.10 and some parts of dpkg-dev only gained support for it "
1754 "later in the 1.10.x series."
1758 #: deb-version.5:134
1760 msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1)"
1761 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
1767 msgstr "deb-control"
1771 msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format"
1777 "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual "
1778 "page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>"
1779 "(5) for details of the new format."
1785 "The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two "
1786 "concatenated gzipped ustar files."
1792 "The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is "
1793 "B<0.939000> for all old-format archives."
1799 "The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the "
1800 "length of the first gzipped tarfile."
1805 msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character."
1811 "The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary "
1812 "files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control "
1819 "In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally "
1820 "be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
1821 "will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only "
1822 "files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry "
1823 "for `B<.>', that is, the current directory."
1829 "The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames "
1830 "relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The "
1831 "pathnames do not have leading slashes."
1837 msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
1838 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
1844 msgstr "B<--version>"
1847 #: deb-origin.5:19 dpkg-vendor.1:18
1854 msgid "deb-origin - Vendor-specific information files"
1860 msgid "B</etc/dpkg/origins/>I<filename>"
1861 msgstr "B<--licence>"
1867 "The files in B</etc/dpkg/origins> can provide information about various "
1868 "vendors who are providing Debian packages. They contain a number of fields, "
1869 "or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each field begins with a tag, "
1870 "such as B<Vendor> or B<Parent>, followed by a colon and the body of the "
1871 "field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
1872 "may be multiple lines in length, but the tools will join lines when "
1873 "processing the body of the field."
1875 "Minden Debian csomag tartalmazza a mester `control' fájlt, mely mezőkből "
1876 "áll. Minden mező egy tag-gel kezdődik, pl. B<Package> vagy B<Version> "
1877 "(nagybetű-érzéketlen), melyet kettőspont és mezőtörzs követ. A mezőket csak "
1878 "a mező tag-ek választják el. Vagyis, a mező szövege több sorból is állhat, "
1879 "de a telepítő eszközök általában összefűzik ezeket egy mezőtörzs "
1880 "feldolgozásakor (kivéve a B<Description> mezőt, l. alább)."
1885 msgid "B<Vendor:>I< vendor-name>"
1886 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>elsőbbségE<gt>"
1892 #| "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to "
1893 #| "generate file names by most installation tools."
1894 msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor name."
1896 "E mező értéke adja meg a csomag nevét, melyből a legtöbb telepítő eszköz "
1897 "fájlneveket állít elő."
1902 msgid "B<Vendor-URL:>I< vendor-url>"
1903 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>elsőbbségE<gt>"
1907 msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor URL."
1913 msgid "B<Bugs:>I< bug-url>"
1914 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
1919 "The value of this field determines the type and address of the bug tracking "
1920 "system used by this vendor. It can be a mailto URL or a debbugs URL (e.g., "
1921 "debbugs://bugs.debian.org/)."
1927 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
1928 msgid "B<Parent:>I< vendor-name>"
1929 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>forrás névE<gt>"
1935 #| "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to "
1936 #| "generate file names by most installation tools."
1938 "The value of this field determines the vendor name of the vendor that this "
1939 "vendor derives from."
1941 "E mező értéke adja meg a csomag nevét, melyből a legtöbb telepítő eszköz "
1942 "fájlneveket állít elő."
1949 "Vendor-URL: http://www.debian.org/\n"
1950 "Bugs: debbugs://bugs.debian.org\n"
1956 msgid "B<dpkg-vendor>(1)"
1960 #: deb-override.5:19
1962 msgid "deb-override"
1963 msgstr "deb-control"
1966 #: deb-override.5:19 deb-extra-override.5:18 deb-shlibs.5:19
1967 #: deb-substvars.5:20 deb-symbols.5:18 deb-triggers.5:19
1968 #: dpkg-architecture.1:21 dpkg-buildpackage.1:22 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
1969 #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:19 dpkg-divert.8:21 dpkg-genchanges.1:21
1970 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:21 dpkg-gensymbols.1:19 dpkg-name.1:19
1971 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:22 dpkg-scanpackages.1:21 dpkg-scansources.1:20
1972 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:22 dpkg-source.1:23 dpkg-split.1:19 dpkg-statoverride.8:19
1973 #: start-stop-daemon.8:23 update-alternatives.8:25
1975 msgid "dpkg utilities"
1976 msgstr "dpkg készlet"
1979 #: deb-override.5:22
1980 msgid "deb-override - Debian archive override file"
1984 #: deb-override.5:25 deb-extra-override.5:24
1989 #: deb-override.5:31
1991 "While most information about a package can be found in the control file, "
1992 "some is managed centrally by the distribution czars rather than by the "
1993 "maintainer in order to offer some global consistency. This information is "
1994 "found in the override file."
1998 #: deb-override.5:35
2000 "The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
2001 "allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
2005 #: deb-override.5:41
2006 msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]"
2010 #: deb-override.5:46
2012 "I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for "
2013 "packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored."
2017 #: deb-override.5:52
2019 "I<priority> and I<section> correspond to the respective control fields "
2020 "available in the .deb. The allowed values are listed in the Debian policy."
2024 #: deb-override.5:60
2026 "I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an "
2027 "unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> "
2028 "to perform a substitution."
2032 #: deb-override.5:65
2034 "The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in "
2035 "the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
2039 #: deb-override.5:70
2042 "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1), B</"
2043 "usr/share/doc/debian-policy/policy.html/index.html>."
2044 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
2047 #: deb-extra-override.5:18
2049 msgid "deb-extra-override"
2050 msgstr "deb-control"
2053 #: deb-extra-override.5:18
2059 #: deb-extra-override.5:21
2060 msgid "deb-extra-override - Debian archive extra override file"
2064 #: deb-extra-override.5:29
2066 "While most information about a binary/source package can be found in the "
2067 "control/.dsc file, all of it can be overridden when it's exported to "
2068 "Packages/Sources files. The extra override file contains those overrides."
2072 #: deb-extra-override.5:33
2074 "The extra override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments "
2075 "are allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
2079 #: deb-extra-override.5:38
2080 msgid "I<package> I<field-name> I<value>"
2084 #: deb-extra-override.5:42
2085 msgid "I<package> is the name of the binary/source package."
2089 #: deb-extra-override.5:48
2091 "I<field-name> is the name of the field that is overridden. I<value> is the "
2092 "value to put in the field. It can contain spaces as the line is split in no "
2093 "more than 3 columns when it's parsed."
2097 #: deb-extra-override.5:53
2099 "The extra override files used to make the official Packages lists may be "
2100 "found in the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
2104 #: deb-extra-override.5:57
2106 msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1)."
2107 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
2118 #| msgid "2006-02-28"
2124 msgid "deb-shlibs - Debian shared library information file"
2130 "B<shlibs> files map shared library names and versions (I<sonames>) to "
2131 "dependencies suitable for a package control file. There is one entry per "
2132 "line. Blank lines are B<not> allowed. Lines beginning with an B<#> "
2133 "character are considered commentary, and are ignored. All other lines must "
2139 msgid "[I<type>B<:>] I<library> I<version> I<dependencies>"
2145 "The I<library> and I<version> fields are whitespace-delimited, but the "
2146 "I<dependencies> field extends to the end of the line. The I<type> field is "
2147 "optional and normally not needed."
2153 "The I<dependencies> field has the same syntax as the B<Depends> field in a "
2154 "binary control file, see B<deb-control>(5). See also the Debian Policy "
2155 "Manual for further details."
2159 #: deb-shlibs.5:46 deb-symbols.5:59 dpkg.1:763 dpkg-architecture.1:221
2160 #: dpkg-divert.8:111 dpkg-name.1:78 update-alternatives.8:486
2168 "The B<shlibs> file for a typical library package, named I<libcrunch1>, that "
2169 "provides one library whose soname is I<libcrunch.so.1>, might read"
2174 msgid "libcrunch 1 libcrunch1 (E<gt>= 1.2-1)"
2180 "The I<dependencies> must mention the most recent version of the package that "
2181 "added new symbols to the library: in the above example, new symbols were "
2182 "added to version 1.2 of I<libcrunch>. This is not the only reason the "
2183 "dependencies might need to be tightened; again, see the Debian Policy Manual "
2190 msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<deb-symbols>(5)."
2191 msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)."
2194 #: deb-substvars.5:20
2196 msgid "deb-substvars"
2200 #: deb-substvars.5:20
2206 #: deb-substvars.5:23
2207 msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
2211 #: deb-substvars.5:26
2214 msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>"
2217 #: deb-substvars.5:37
2219 "Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their "
2220 "control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> "
2221 "and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they "
2222 "perform some variable substitutions on the output file."
2226 #: deb-substvars.5:44
2228 "A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable "
2229 "names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an "
2230 "alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are "
2231 "left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look "
2232 "for more substitutions."
2236 #: deb-substvars.5:51
2238 "After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<"
2239 "${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign."
2243 #: deb-substvars.5:56
2245 "While variable substitution is done on all control fields, some of those "
2246 "fields are used and needed during the build when the substitution did not "
2247 "yet occur. That's why you can't use variables in the B<Package>, B<Source> "
2248 "and B<Architecture> fields."
2252 #: deb-substvars.5:63
2254 "Variable substitution happens on the content of the fields after they have "
2255 "been parsed, thus if you want a variable to expand over multiple lines you "
2256 "do not have to include a space after the newline. This is done implicitly "
2257 "when the field is output. For example, if the variable B<${Description}> is "
2258 "set to \"foo is bar.${Newline}foo is great.\" and if you have the following "
2263 #: deb-substvars.5:68
2266 " Description: foo application\n"
2273 #: deb-substvars.5:70
2274 msgid "It will result in:"
2278 #: deb-substvars.5:76
2281 " Description: foo application\n"
2289 #: deb-substvars.5:89
2291 "Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also "
2292 "specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is "
2293 "specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form "
2294 "I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and "
2295 "lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored."
2299 #: deb-substvars.5:91
2300 msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:"
2304 #: deb-substvars.5:91
2310 #: deb-substvars.5:95
2311 msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)."
2315 #: deb-substvars.5:95
2317 msgid "B<source:Version>"
2318 msgstr "B<--version>"
2321 #: deb-substvars.5:98
2322 msgid "The source package version."
2326 #: deb-substvars.5:98
2328 msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>"
2332 #: deb-substvars.5:102
2334 "The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if "
2339 #: deb-substvars.5:102
2341 msgid "B<binary:Version>"
2342 msgstr "B<--version>"
2345 #: deb-substvars.5:106
2347 "The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU "
2352 #: deb-substvars.5:106
2354 msgid "B<Source-Version>"
2355 msgstr "B<--version>"
2358 #: deb-substvars.5:111
2360 "The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now "
2361 "B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the "
2362 "B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate."
2366 #: deb-substvars.5:111
2368 msgid "B<Installed-Size>"
2372 #: deb-substvars.5:120
2374 "The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into "
2375 "the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of "
2376 "that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k "
2377 "debian/tmp> to find the default value."
2381 #: deb-substvars.5:120
2383 msgid "B<Extra-Size>"
2387 #: deb-substvars.5:129
2389 "Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable "
2390 "is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether "
2391 "set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the "
2392 "B<Installed-Size> control file field."
2396 #: deb-substvars.5:129
2398 msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>"
2402 #: deb-substvars.5:136
2404 "The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the "
2405 "canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than "
2406 "on places where they are expanded explicitly."
2410 #: deb-substvars.5:136
2416 #: deb-substvars.5:146
2418 "The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source "
2419 "packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> "
2420 "field in the B<.changes> file will change too."
2424 #: deb-substvars.5:146
2426 msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>"
2430 #: deb-substvars.5:149
2431 msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character."
2435 #: deb-substvars.5:149
2437 msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>"
2441 #: deb-substvars.5:153
2443 "Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps>."
2447 #: deb-substvars.5:153
2449 msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>"
2453 #: deb-substvars.5:156
2454 msgid "The upstream version of dpkg."
2458 #: deb-substvars.5:156
2460 msgid "B<dpkg:Version>"
2461 msgstr "B<--version>"
2464 #: deb-substvars.5:159
2465 msgid "The full version of dpkg."
2469 #: deb-substvars.5:162
2471 "If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an "
2472 "empty value is assumed."
2476 #: deb-substvars.5:163 dpkg.1:673 dpkg-architecture.1:243 dpkg.cfg.5:30
2477 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:165 dpkg-distaddfile.1:57 dpkg-divert.8:142
2478 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:157 dpkg-gencontrol.1:147 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:181
2479 #: dpkg-split.1:223 dpkg-statoverride.8:92 dselect.cfg.5:30
2480 #: update-alternatives.8:377
2486 #: deb-substvars.5:164
2488 msgid "B<debian/substvars>"
2492 #: deb-substvars.5:167
2493 msgid "List of substitution variables and values."
2497 #: deb-substvars.5:168 dpkg.1:832 dpkg-buildpackage.1:271 dpkg-deb.1:266
2498 #: dpkg-name.1:99 dpkg-source.1:757 dpkg-split.1:216 dselect.1:450
2499 #: update-alternatives.8:513
2505 #: deb-substvars.5:171 dpkg-source.1:760
2507 "The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard "
2508 "output field settings is rather confused."
2512 #: deb-substvars.5:177
2515 "B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<dpkg-gencontrol>(1), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>"
2516 "(1), B<dpkg-source>(1)."
2517 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
2523 msgstr "deb-control"
2527 msgid "deb-symbols - Debian's extended shared library information file"
2538 "The format for an extended shared library dependency information entry in "
2544 msgid "I<library-soname main-dependency-template>"
2549 msgid "[| I<alternative-dependency-template>]"
2559 msgid "[* I<field-name>: I<field-value>]"
2567 " I<symbol> I<minimal-version> [I<id-of-dependency-template>]\n"
2573 "The I<library-soname> is exactly the value of the SONAME field as exported "
2574 "by B<objdump>(1). A I<dependency-template> is a dependency where I<#MINVER#> "
2575 "is dynamically replaced either by a version check like \"(E<gt>= I<minimal-"
2576 "version>)\" or by nothing (if an unversioned dependency is deemed "
2583 "Each exported I<symbol> (listed as I<name>@I<version>, with I<version> being "
2584 "\"Base\" if the library is not versioned) is associated to a I<minimal-"
2585 "version> of its dependency template (the main dependency template is used if "
2586 "I<id-of-dependency-template> is not present). The first alternative "
2587 "dependency template is numbered 1, the second one 2, etc."
2593 "Each entry for a library can also have some fields of meta-information. "
2594 "Those fields are stored on lines starting with an asterisk. Currently, the "
2595 "only valid field is I<Build-Depends-Package>, it indicates the name of the "
2596 "\"-dev\" package associated to the library and is used by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> "
2597 "to make sure that the dependency generated is at least as strict as the "
2598 "corresponding build dependency."
2604 msgid "Simple symbols file"
2611 "libftp.so.3 libftp3 #MINVER#\n"
2612 " DefaultNetbuf@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
2613 " FtpAccess@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
2620 msgid "Advanced symbols file"
2625 msgid "libGL.so.1 libgl1"
2630 msgid "| libgl1-mesa-glx #MINVER#"
2637 "* Build-Depends-Package: libgl1-mesa-dev\n"
2638 " publicGlSymbol@Base 6.3-1\n"
2640 " implementationSpecificSymbol@Base 6.5.2-7 1\n"
2646 msgid "B<http://wiki.debian.org/Projects/ImprovedDpkgShlibdeps>"
2652 msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)."
2653 msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)."
2656 #: deb-triggers.5:19
2658 msgid "deb-triggers"
2659 msgstr "B<--version>"
2662 #: deb-triggers.5:22
2663 msgid "deb-triggers - package triggers"
2667 #: deb-triggers.5:25
2672 #: deb-triggers.5:30
2674 "A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a "
2675 "I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during "
2676 "package creation)."
2680 #: deb-triggers.5:34
2682 "This file contains directives, one per line. Leading and trailing whitespace "
2683 "and everything after the first B<#> on any line will be trimmed, and empty "
2684 "lines will be ignored."
2688 #: deb-triggers.5:36
2689 msgid "The trigger control directives currently supported are:"
2693 #: deb-triggers.5:40
2694 msgid "B<interest> I<trigger-name>"
2698 #: deb-triggers.5:44
2699 msgid "B<interest-noawait> I<trigger-name>"
2703 #: deb-triggers.5:51
2705 "Specifies that the package is interested in the named trigger. All triggers "
2706 "in which a package is interested must be listed using this directive in the "
2707 "triggers control file. The \"noawait\" variant does not put the triggering "
2708 "packages in triggers-awaited state. This should be used when the "
2709 "functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial."
2713 #: deb-triggers.5:55
2714 msgid "B<activate> I<trigger-name>"
2718 #: deb-triggers.5:59
2719 msgid "B<activate-noawait> I<trigger-name>"
2723 #: deb-triggers.5:68
2725 "Arranges that changes to this package's state will activate the specified "
2726 "trigger. The trigger will be activated at the start of the following "
2727 "operations: unpack, configure, remove (including for the benefit of a "
2728 "conflicting package), purge and deconfigure. The \"noawait\" variant does "
2729 "not put the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state. This should be "
2730 "used when the functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial."
2734 #: deb-triggers.5:76
2736 "If this package disappears during the unpacking of another package the "
2737 "trigger will be activated when the disappearance is noted towards the end of "
2738 "the unpack. Trigger processing, and transition from triggers-awaited to "
2739 "installed, does not cause activations. In the case of unpack, triggers "
2740 "mentioned in both the old and new versions of the package will be activated."
2744 #: deb-triggers.5:79
2746 "Unknown directives are an error which will prevent installation of the "
2751 #: deb-triggers.5:84
2753 "The \"-noawait\" variants are only supported by dpkg 1.16.1 or newer, and "
2754 "will lead to errors if used with an older dpkg. It is thus recommended to "
2755 "add a \"Pre-Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.16.1)\" to any package that wish to use "
2760 #: deb-triggers.5:88
2763 "B<dpkg-trigger>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>."
2764 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
2775 #| msgid "2006-02-28"
2780 #: dpkg.1:26 dpkg.cfg.5:19 dpkg-buildflags.1:19 dpkg-deb.1:21
2781 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:18 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:18 dpkg-query.1:21
2782 #: dpkg-trigger.1:18 dpkg-vendor.1:18 dselect.cfg.5:19
2785 msgstr "dpkg készlet"
2789 msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian"
2795 msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
2796 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
2807 "This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command "
2808 "line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg "
2815 "It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how "
2816 "B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
2817 "when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate."
2823 "B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The "
2824 "primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<aptitude>(1). "
2825 "B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which "
2826 "consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter "
2827 "tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in "
2834 "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1) and B<dpkg-query>"
2835 "(1). The list of supported actions can be found later on in the B<ACTIONS> "
2836 "section. If any such action is encountered B<dpkg> just runs B<dpkg-deb> or "
2837 "B<dpkg-query> with the parameters given to it, but no specific options are "
2838 "currently passed to them, to use any such option the back-ends need to be "
2845 msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES"
2851 "B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The "
2852 "information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and "
2853 "B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
2859 msgid "PACKAGE STATES"
2865 msgid "B<not-installed>"
2870 msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
2876 msgid "B<config-files>"
2881 msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system."
2887 msgid "B<half-installed>"
2893 "The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some "
2905 msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
2911 msgid "B<half-configured>"
2917 "The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet "
2918 "completed for some reason."
2924 msgid "B<triggers-awaited>"
2929 msgid "The package awaits trigger processing by another package."
2935 msgid "B<triggers-pending>"
2940 msgid "The package has been triggered."
2946 msgid "B<installed>"
2951 msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK."
2957 msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES"
2968 msgid "The package is selected for installation."
2980 "A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced "
2981 "to do that with option B<--force-hold>."
2987 msgid "B<deinstall>"
2993 "The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all "
2994 "files, except configuration files)."
3006 "The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything from "
3007 "system directories, even configuration files)."
3013 msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS"
3019 msgid "B<reinst-required>"
3025 "A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. "
3026 "These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-"
3031 #: dpkg.1:114 dselect.1:141
3034 msgstr "MŰVELETI LEHETŐSÉGEK"
3039 msgid "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..."
3040 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-mező-név> ...]"
3045 "Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, "
3046 "I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
3051 msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:"
3057 msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
3058 msgstr "Kiszedi az ellenőrző információs fájlt egy bináris csomagarchívumból"
3063 "B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
3064 "installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package."
3069 msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
3075 "B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so "
3076 "that if something goes wrong, they can be restored."
3082 "B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
3083 "installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that "
3084 "this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, "
3085 "because new files are written at the same time old files are removed."
3091 "B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information "
3092 "about how this is done."
3098 msgid "B<--unpack >I<package-file>..."
3099 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>"
3104 "Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
3105 "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
3111 msgid "B<--configure >I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
3117 "Configure a package which has been unpacked but not yet configured. If B<-"
3118 "a> or B<--pending> is given instead of I<package>, all unpacked but "
3119 "unconfigured packages are configured."
3125 "To reconfigure a package which has already been configured, try the B<dpkg-"
3126 "reconfigure>(8) command instead."
3131 msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:"
3137 "B<1.> Unpack the conffiles, and at the same time back up the old conffiles, "
3138 "so that they can be restored if something goes wrong."
3143 msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package."
3149 msgid "B<--triggers-only> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
3155 "Processes only triggers. All pending triggers will be processed. If package "
3156 "names are supplied only those packages' triggers will be processed, exactly "
3157 "once each where necessary. Use of this option may leave packages in the "
3158 "improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> states. This can be "
3159 "fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
3165 msgid "B<-r>, B<--remove>, B<-P>, B<--purge >I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
3171 "Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except "
3172 "conffiles. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it is "
3173 "reinstalled later. (Conffiles are configuration files that are listed in the "
3174 "I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, "
3175 "including conffiles. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of a package "
3176 "name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or purged in file "
3177 "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively. Note: some "
3178 "configuration files might be unknown to B<dpkg> because they are created and "
3179 "handled separately through the configuration scripts. In that case, B<dpkg> "
3180 "won't remove them by itself, but the package's I<postrm> script (which is "
3181 "called by B<dpkg>), has to take care of their removal during purge. Of "
3182 "course, this only applies to files in system directories, not configuration "
3183 "files written to individual users' home directories."
3188 msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:"
3193 msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script"
3198 msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files"
3203 msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script"
3209 msgid "B<--update-avail>, B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>"
3210 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-fájl-név> ..]"
3215 "Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With "
3216 "action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from "
3217 "I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced "
3218 "with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
3219 "distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its "
3220 "record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>."
3226 "A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is "
3227 "B<dselect update>. Note that this file is mostly useless if you don't use "
3228 "B<dselect> but an APT-based frontend: APT has its own system to keep track "
3229 "of available packages."
3235 msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..."
3236 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-fájl-név> ..]"
3241 "Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
3242 "information from the package I<package-file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
3243 "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
3249 msgid "B<--forget-old-unavail>"
3255 "Now B<obsolete> and a no-op as B<dpkg> will automatically forget uninstalled "
3256 "unavailable packages."
3262 msgid "B<--clear-avail>"
3268 msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available."
3269 msgstr "Egy bináris csomagarchívumról ad információkat."
3274 msgid " B<-C>, B<--audit>"
3280 "Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your "
3281 "system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
3287 msgid "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
3288 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-mező-név> ...]"
3293 "Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, "
3294 "non-installed packages (i.e. those which have been previously purged) will "
3299 #: dpkg.1:243 update-alternatives.8:316
3301 msgid "B<--set-selections>"
3302 msgstr "B<--version>"
3307 "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
3308 "the format 'I<package> I<state>', where state is one of B<install>, B<hold>, "
3309 "B<deinstall> or B<purge>. Blank lines and comment lines beginning with '#' "
3310 "are also permitted."
3316 msgid "B<--clear-selections>"
3317 msgstr "B<--version>"
3322 "Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This "
3323 "is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any "
3324 "packages not in list given to --set-selections."
3330 msgid "B<--yet-to-unpack>"
3336 "Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason "
3337 "still haven't been installed."
3343 msgid "B<--add-architecture >I<architecture>"
3344 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
3349 "Add I<architecture> to the list of architectures for which packages can be "
3350 "installed without using B<--force-architecture>. The architecture B<dpkg> is "
3351 "built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-architecture>) is always part of "
3358 msgid "B<--remove-architecture >I<architecture>"
3359 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
3364 "Remove I<architecture> from the list of architectures for which packages can "
3365 "be installed without using B<--force-architecture>. If the architecture is "
3366 "currently in use in the database then the operation will be refused, except "
3367 "if B<--force-architecture> is specified. The architecture B<dpkg> is built "
3368 "for (i.e. the output of B<--print-architecture>) can never be removed from "
3375 msgid "B<--print-architecture>"
3376 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
3381 "Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")."
3387 msgid "B<--print-foreign-architectures>"
3388 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
3393 "Print a newline-separated list of the extra architectures B<dpkg> is "
3394 "configured to allow packages to be installed for."
3400 msgid "B<--compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>"
3404 #. .B \-\-command\-fd \fIn\fP
3405 #. Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor \fIn\fP. Note:
3406 #. additional options set on the command line, and through this file descriptor,
3407 #. are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run.
3411 "Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
3412 "success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure "
3413 "(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ "
3414 "in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version "
3415 "as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty "
3416 "version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are "
3417 "provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> "
3418 "E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
3422 #: dpkg.1:295 dpkg-architecture.1:80 dpkg-buildpackage.1:243
3423 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:63 dpkg-distaddfile.1:50 dpkg-deb.1:192
3424 #: dpkg-divert.8:91 dpkg-genchanges.1:150 dpkg-gencontrol.1:140
3425 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:463 dpkg-name.1:71 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:55
3426 #: dpkg-query.1:140 dpkg-scanpackages.1:99 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:236
3427 #: dpkg-source.1:117 dpkg-split.1:143 dpkg-trigger.1:48
3429 msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>"
3430 msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>"
3434 msgid "Display a brief help message."
3440 msgid "B<--force-help>"
3441 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
3445 msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
3451 msgid "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>"
3452 msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>"
3456 msgid "Give help about debugging options."
3460 #: dpkg.1:304 dpkg-architecture.1:83 dpkg-buildflags.1:136
3461 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:246 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:66 dpkg-distaddfile.1:53
3462 #: dpkg-deb.1:195 dpkg-divert.8:94 dpkg-genchanges.1:153 dpkg-gencontrol.1:143
3463 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:466 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:58 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:58
3464 #: dpkg-query.1:143 dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 dpkg-scansources.1:87
3465 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:239 dpkg-source.1:120 dpkg-split.1:146
3466 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:65 dpkg-trigger.1:51 dpkg-vendor.1:48 dselect.1:137
3467 #: update-alternatives.8:336
3469 msgid "B<--version>"
3470 msgstr "B<--version>"
3475 msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information."
3476 msgstr "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> verziószámát."
3481 msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>"
3487 msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions."
3489 "A B<dpkg-deb> Debian archívumokat csomagol, kibont és információkat nyújt "
3496 "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n"
3497 " Build a deb package.\n"
3498 "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n"
3499 " List contents of a deb package.\n"
3500 "B<-e>, B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n"
3501 " Extract control-information from a package.\n"
3502 "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n"
3503 " Extract the files contained by package.\n"
3504 "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n"
3505 " Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n"
3507 "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n"
3508 " Display control field(s) of a package.\n"
3509 "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
3510 " Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n"
3511 " Debian package.\n"
3512 "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n"
3513 " Show information about a package.\n"
3519 msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>"
3524 msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions."
3531 "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>...\n"
3532 " List packages matching given pattern.\n"
3533 "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>...\n"
3534 " Report status of specified package.\n"
3535 "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>...\n"
3536 " List files installed to your system from I<package-name>.\n"
3537 "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>...\n"
3538 " Search for a filename from installed packages.\n"
3539 "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>...\n"
3540 " Display details about I<package-name>, as found in\n"
3541 " I</var/lib/dpkg/available>. Users of APT-based frontends\n"
3542 " should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> instead.\n"
3546 #: dpkg.1:352 dpkg-architecture.1:87 dpkg-buildpackage.1:72
3547 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:37 dpkg-distaddfile.1:45 dpkg-deb.1:199
3548 #: dpkg-divert.8:62 dpkg-genchanges.1:37 dpkg-gencontrol.1:57
3549 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:388 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:44 dpkg-name.1:43
3550 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 dpkg-query.1:147 dpkg-scanpackages.1:77
3551 #: dpkg-scansources.1:63 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:127 dpkg-split.1:150
3552 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:69 dpkg-trigger.1:55 dpkg-vendor.1:52 dselect.1:57
3553 #: start-stop-daemon.8:129 update-alternatives.8:340
3556 msgstr "MÁS LEHETŐSÉGEK"
3561 "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
3562 "configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg> or fragment files (with names "
3563 "matching this shell pattern \\(aq[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*\\(aq) on the configuration "
3564 "directory I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration file is "
3565 "either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but without "
3566 "leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)."
3572 msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
3577 msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50."
3583 msgid "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>"
3584 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
3589 "When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed "
3590 "package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause "
3591 "automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed "
3598 msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B<, --debug=>I<octal>"
3604 "Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values "
3605 "together from the list below (note that these values may change in future "
3606 "releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
3613 " Number Description\n"
3614 " 1 Generally helpful progress information\n"
3615 " 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n"
3616 " 10 Output for each file processed\n"
3617 " 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n"
3618 " 20 Output for each configuration file\n"
3619 " 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n"
3620 " 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n"
3621 " 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n"
3622 " 10000 Trigger activation and processing\n"
3623 " 20000 Lots of output regarding triggers\n"
3624 " 40000 Silly amounts of output regarding triggers\n"
3625 " 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n"
3626 " 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n"
3632 msgid "B<--force->I<things>, B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>"
3638 "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
3639 "things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
3640 "force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are "
3641 "forced by default."
3647 "I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
3648 "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
3654 msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options."
3660 "B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already "
3667 "I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades "
3668 "and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of "
3669 "some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading "
3670 "essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use "
3677 "B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on "
3678 "which the current package depends."
3683 msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"."
3689 "B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to "
3690 "require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to "
3691 "remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
3697 "B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
3698 "Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them "
3699 "might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution."
3704 msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings."
3710 "B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies."
3715 msgid "B<breaks>: Install, even if this would break another package."
3721 "B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
3722 "dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files."
3728 "B<confmiss>: If a conffile is missing and the version in the package did "
3729 "change, always install the missing conffile without prompting. This is "
3730 "dangerous, since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the "
3737 "B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package "
3738 "did change, always install the new version without prompting, unless the B<--"
3739 "force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is "
3746 "B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package "
3747 "did change, always keep the old version without prompting, unless the B<--"
3748 "force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is "
3755 "B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package "
3756 "did change, always choose the default action without prompting. If there is "
3757 "no default action it will stop to ask the user unless B<--force-confnew> or "
3758 "B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case it will use that to "
3759 "decide the final action."
3765 "B<confask>: If a conffile has been modified always offer to replace it with "
3766 "the version in the package, even if the version in the package did not "
3767 "change. If any of B<--force-confmiss>, B<--force-confnew>, B<--force-"
3768 "confold>, or B<--force-confdef> is also given, it will be used to decide the "
3774 msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
3779 msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
3785 "B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version."
3791 "B<unsafe-io>: Do not perform safe I/O operations when unpacking. Currently "
3792 "this implies not performing file system syncs before file renames, which is "
3793 "known to cause substantial performance degradation on some file systems, "
3794 "unfortunately the ones that require the safe I/O on the first place due to "
3795 "their unreliable behaviour causing zero-length files on abrupt system "
3802 "I<Note>: For ext4, the main offender, consider using instead the mount "
3803 "option B<nodelalloc>, which will fix both the performance degradation and "
3804 "the data safety issues, the latter by making the file system not produce "
3805 "zero-length files on abrupt system crashes with any software not doing syncs "
3806 "before atomic renames."
3812 "I<Warning: Using this option might improve performance at the cost of losing "
3813 "data, use with care.>"
3818 msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with wrong or no architecture."
3823 msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
3829 "B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely."
3834 msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
3839 msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
3845 msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
3851 "Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
3852 "performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)."
3858 msgid "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>"
3864 "Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. "
3865 "This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without "
3866 "actually modifying anything."
3872 "Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up "
3873 "with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
3874 "purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you "
3875 "probably expected it to actually do nothing)"
3881 msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
3882 msgstr "B<--version>"
3887 "Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
3888 "specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with "
3889 "B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions."
3901 "Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already "
3902 "installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>."
3906 #: dpkg.1:541 dpkg-buildpackage.1:237 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:38
3907 #: dpkg-query.1:148 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:232 dpkg-trigger.1:56
3909 msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"
3915 "Change default administrative directory, which contains many files that give "
3916 "information about status of installed or uninstalled packages, etc. "
3917 "(Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>)"
3923 msgid "B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
3924 msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>"
3929 "Change default installation directory which refers to the directory where "
3930 "packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the directory passed to "
3931 "B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation scripts, which means that "
3932 "the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. (Defaults to I</>)"
3938 msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>"
3939 msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>"
3944 "Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</"
3951 msgid "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>"
3952 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
3957 "Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual "
3958 "marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For "
3959 "example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
3966 msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
3967 msgstr "B<--version>"
3972 "Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already "
3978 msgid "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>"
3983 msgid "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>"
3989 "Set an invoke hook I<command> to be run via ``sh -c'' before or after the "
3990 "dpkg run for the I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, I<triggers-only>, "
3991 "I<remove> and I<purge> dpkg actions. This option can be specified multiple "
3992 "times. The order the options are specified is preserved, with the ones from "
3993 "the configuration files taking precedence. The environment variable "
3994 "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> is set for the hooks to the current dpkg action. Note: "
3995 "front-ends might call dpkg several times per invocation, which might run the "
3996 "hooks more times than expected."
4001 msgid "B<--path-exclude=>I<glob-pattern>"
4006 msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>"
4012 "Set I<glob-pattern> as a path filter, either by excluding or re-including "
4013 "previously excluded paths matching the specified patterns during install."
4019 "I<Warning: take into account that depending on the excluded paths you might "
4020 "completely break your system, use with caution.>"
4026 "The glob patterns use the same wildcards used in the shell, were '*' matches "
4027 "any sequence of characters, including the empty string and also '/'. For "
4028 "example, I<'/usr/*/READ*'> matches I<'/usr/share/doc/package/README'>. As "
4029 "usual, '?' matches any single character (again, including '/'). And '[' "
4030 "starts a character class, which can contain a list of characters, ranges and "
4031 "complementations. See B<glob>(7) for detailed information about globbing. "
4032 "Note: the current implementation might re-include more directories and "
4033 "symlinks than needed, to be on the safe side and avoid possible unpack "
4034 "failures, future work might fix this."
4040 "This can be used to remove all paths except some particular ones; a typical "
4048 "B<--path-exclude=/usr/share/doc/*>\n"
4049 "B<--path-include=/usr/share/doc/*/copyright>\n"
4054 msgid "to remove all documentation files except the copyright files."
4060 "These two options can be specified multiple times, and interleaved with each "
4061 "other. Both are processed in the given order, with the last rule that "
4062 "matches a file name making the decision."
4068 msgid "B<--status-fd >I<n>"
4074 "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to file "
4075 "descriptor I<n>. This option can be specified multiple times. The "
4076 "information is generally one record per line, in one of the following forms:"
4082 msgid "B<status: >I<package>B<: >I<status>"
4087 msgid "Package status changed; I<status> is as in the status file."
4093 msgid "B<status: >I<package>B< : error : >I<extended-error-message>"
4099 "An error occurred. Any possible newlines in I<extended-error-message> will "
4100 "be converted to spaces before output."
4106 msgid "B<status: >I<file>B< : conffile-prompt : '>I<real-old>B<' '>I<real-new>B<' >I<useredited>B< >I<distedited>"
4111 msgid "User is being asked a conffile question."
4117 msgid "B<processing: >I<stage>B<: >I<package>"
4123 "Sent just before a processing stage starts. I<stage> is one of B<upgrade>, "
4124 "B<install> (both sent before unpacking), B<configure>, B<trigproc>, "
4125 "B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>."
4131 msgid "B<--status-logger>=I<command>"
4137 "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to the shell "
4138 "I<command>'s standard input. This option can be specified multiple times. "
4139 "The output format used is the same as in B<--status-fd.>"
4145 msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
4146 msgstr "B<--licence>"
4151 "Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default "
4152 "I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last "
4153 "filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status "
4154 "I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-version>' for status change updates; `YYYY-MM-DD "
4155 "HH:MM:SS I<action> I<pkg> I<installed-version> I<available-version>' for "
4156 "actions where I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<remove>, "
4157 "B<purge>; and `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile I<filename> I<decision>' for "
4158 "conffile changes where I<decision> is either B<install> or B<keep>."
4164 msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
4169 msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures."
4175 msgid "B<--no-triggers>"
4181 "Do not run any triggers in this run (activations will still be recorded). "
4182 "If used with B<--configure> I<package> or B<--triggers-only> I<package> then "
4183 "the named package postinst will still be run even if only a triggers run is "
4184 "needed. Use of this option may leave packages in the improper B<triggers-"
4185 "awaited> and B<triggers-pending> states. This can be fixed later by running: "
4186 "B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
4192 msgid "B<--triggers>"
4197 msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers>."
4201 #: dpkg.1:674 dpkg.cfg.5:32
4203 #| msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
4204 msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
4205 msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
4210 #| msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file"
4211 msgid "Configuration fragment files."
4212 msgstr "dselect.cfg - dselect konfigurációs fájl"
4215 #: dpkg.1:677 dpkg.cfg.5:34
4217 msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
4218 msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
4222 msgid "Configuration file with default options."
4228 msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>"
4229 msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
4233 msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)."
4239 "The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option "
4240 "B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files."
4246 msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>"
4251 msgid "List of available packages."
4257 msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>"
4263 "Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether "
4264 "a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, "
4265 "etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info."
4271 "The status file is backed up daily in I</var/backups>. It can be useful if "
4272 "it's lost or corrupted due to filesystems troubles."
4278 "The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for "
4279 "more information about them:"
4291 msgid "I<conffiles>"
4319 #: dpkg.1:715 dpkg-buildflags.1:172 dpkg-buildpackage.1:250 dpkg-deb.1:260
4320 #: dpkg-divert.8:132 dpkg-query.1:253 dpkg-statoverride.8:86 dpkg-trigger.1:77
4321 #: dpkg-vendor.1:59 dselect.1:444 update-alternatives.8:371
4327 #: dpkg.1:716 dselect.1:445
4335 "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
4336 "specific configuration file."
4340 #: dpkg.1:720 dpkg-deb.1:261
4348 "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory in which to create temporary "
4349 "files and directories."
4360 msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when displaying the conffiles."
4371 msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell."
4375 #: dpkg.1:730 dpkg-query.1:258
4383 "Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
4384 "text. Currently only used by -l."
4390 msgid "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>"
4396 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
4397 "the situation. Current valid value: B<conffile-prompt>."
4403 msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>"
4409 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
4410 "the situation. Contains the path to the old conffile."
4416 msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_NEW>"
4422 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
4423 "the situation. Contains the path to the new conffile."
4429 msgid "B<DPKG_RUNNING_VERSION>"
4435 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the version of "
4436 "the currently running B<dpkg> instance."
4440 #: dpkg.1:750 dpkg-divert.8:137
4442 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE>"
4448 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the package name "
4455 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH>"
4461 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the architecture "
4462 "the package got built for."
4468 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>"
4474 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the name of the "
4475 "script running (preinst, postinst, prerm, postrm)."
4481 "To list installed packages related to the editor B<vi>(1) (note that B<dpkg-"
4482 "query> does not load the available file anymore by default, and the B<dpkg-"
4483 "query> B<--load-avail> option should be used instead for that):"
4489 msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n"
4494 msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:"
4500 msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n"
4505 msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:"
4511 msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n"
4516 msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:"
4522 msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n"
4528 "To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
4529 "\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":"
4536 " B<cd /media/cdrom/pool/main/v/vim>\n"
4537 " B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n"
4542 msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:"
4548 msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n"
4554 "You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:"
4561 " B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n"
4562 " B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n"
4568 "Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set "
4569 "the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
4570 "application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
4571 "example, run B<apt-get dselect-upgrade>."
4577 "Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way "
4578 "to modify the package selection states."
4584 msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY"
4590 "Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following "
4591 "packages: B<apt>, B<aptitude> and B<debsums>."
4597 "B<aptitude>(1), B<apt>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), "
4598 "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)."
4603 msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful."
4613 #: dpkg.1:837 dpkg.cfg.5:40
4615 "See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
4616 "contributed to B<dpkg>."
4618 "Lásd a I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> fájlt, melyben a B<dpkg> készítését "
4619 "segítő személyek listája található."
4622 #: dpkg-architecture.1:21
4624 msgid "dpkg-architecture"
4628 #: dpkg-architecture.1:21
4630 #| msgid "2006-02-28"
4635 #: dpkg-architecture.1:24
4637 "dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building"
4641 #: dpkg-architecture.1:28
4643 msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
4644 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
4647 #: dpkg-architecture.1:33
4649 "dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and "
4650 "host architecture for package building."
4654 #: dpkg-architecture.1:36
4656 "The build architecture is always determined by an external call to B<dpkg>"
4657 "(1), and can not be set at the command line."
4661 #: dpkg-architecture.1:45
4663 "You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the "
4664 "options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to "
4665 "B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are "
4666 "both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of "
4667 "the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to "
4668 "only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice "
4669 "does not match the default."
4673 #: dpkg-architecture.1:46 dpkg-buildflags.1:63 dpkg-deb.1:47 dpkg-divert.8:44
4674 #: dpkg-query.1:33 dpkg-source.1:39 dpkg-split.1:48 dpkg-statoverride.8:41
4675 #: dpkg-trigger.1:41 dpkg-vendor.1:31 start-stop-daemon.8:56
4676 #: update-alternatives.8:219
4682 #: dpkg-architecture.1:47
4688 #: dpkg-architecture.1:51
4690 "Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format "
4691 "I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action."
4695 #: dpkg-architecture.1:51
4697 msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>"
4701 #: dpkg-architecture.1:57
4703 "Check for equality of architecture. By default I<debian-architecture> is "
4704 "compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This "
4705 "action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an "
4706 "exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched."
4710 #: dpkg-architecture.1:57
4712 msgid "B<-i>I<architecture-wildcard>"
4716 #: dpkg-architecture.1:63
4718 "Check for identity of architecture by expanding I<architecture-wildcard> as "
4719 "an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian "
4720 "architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not "
4725 #: dpkg-architecture.1:63
4727 msgid "B<-q>I<variable-name>"
4731 #: dpkg-architecture.1:66
4732 msgid "Print the value of a single variable."
4736 #: dpkg-architecture.1:66
4742 #: dpkg-architecture.1:70
4744 "Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables "
4749 #: dpkg-architecture.1:70
4755 #: dpkg-architecture.1:73
4756 msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables."
4760 #: dpkg-architecture.1:73
4762 msgid "B<-c>I< command>"
4766 #: dpkg-architecture.1:77
4768 "Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the "
4773 #: dpkg-architecture.1:77
4779 #: dpkg-architecture.1:80
4780 msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names."
4784 #: dpkg-architecture.1:83 dpkg-buildflags.1:136 dpkg-buildpackage.1:246
4785 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:66 dpkg-distaddfile.1:53 dpkg-deb.1:195
4786 #: dpkg-divert.8:94 dpkg-genchanges.1:153 dpkg-gencontrol.1:143
4787 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:466 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:58 dpkg-name.1:74
4788 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:58 dpkg-query.1:143 dpkg-scanpackages.1:102
4789 #: dpkg-scansources.1:87 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:239 dpkg-source.1:120
4790 #: dpkg-split.1:146 dpkg-statoverride.8:65 dpkg-trigger.1:51 dpkg-vendor.1:48
4791 #: update-alternatives.8:336
4792 msgid "Show the usage message and exit."
4796 #: dpkg-architecture.1:86 dpkg-buildflags.1:139 dpkg-buildpackage.1:249
4797 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:68 dpkg-distaddfile.1:56 dpkg-deb.1:198
4798 #: dpkg-divert.8:97 dpkg-genchanges.1:156 dpkg-gencontrol.1:146
4799 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:469 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:61 dpkg-name.1:77
4800 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:61 dpkg-query.1:146 dpkg-scanpackages.1:105
4801 #: dpkg-scansources.1:89 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:242 dpkg-source.1:123
4802 #: dpkg-split.1:149 dpkg-statoverride.8:68 dpkg-trigger.1:54 dpkg-vendor.1:51
4803 #: update-alternatives.8:339
4805 msgid "Show the version and exit."
4806 msgstr "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> verziószámát."
4809 #: dpkg-architecture.1:88
4811 msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>"
4815 #: dpkg-architecture.1:91
4816 msgid "Set the Debian architecture."
4820 #: dpkg-architecture.1:91 dpkg-buildpackage.1:132
4822 msgid "B<-t>I<gnu-system-type>"
4826 #: dpkg-architecture.1:94
4827 msgid "Set the GNU system type."
4831 #: dpkg-architecture.1:94
4837 #: dpkg-architecture.1:101
4839 "Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by "
4840 "the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this "
4841 "force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when "
4842 "the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example "
4843 "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))."
4847 #: dpkg-architecture.1:102
4853 #: dpkg-architecture.1:103
4855 msgid "build machine"
4859 #: dpkg-architecture.1:105
4860 msgid "The machine the package is built on."
4864 #: dpkg-architecture.1:105
4866 msgid "host machine"
4870 #: dpkg-architecture.1:107
4871 msgid "The machine the package is built for."
4875 #: dpkg-architecture.1:107
4877 msgid "Debian architecture"
4878 msgstr "Debian Project"
4881 #: dpkg-architecture.1:110
4883 "The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the "
4884 "\\s-1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386."
4888 #: dpkg-architecture.1:110
4890 msgid "architecture wildcard"
4894 #: dpkg-architecture.1:114
4896 "An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match "
4897 "any real architecture being part of it. The general form is E<lt>kernelE<gt>-"
4898 "E<lt>cpuE<gt>. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any."
4902 #: dpkg-architecture.1:114
4904 msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 system type"
4908 #: dpkg-architecture.1:118
4910 "An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a "
4911 "dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, "
4916 #: dpkg-architecture.1:119
4922 #: dpkg-architecture.1:121
4923 msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:"
4927 #: dpkg-architecture.1:121
4929 msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0"
4933 #: dpkg-architecture.1:123
4934 msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine."
4938 #: dpkg-architecture.1:123
4940 msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0"
4944 #: dpkg-architecture.1:125
4945 msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine."
4949 #: dpkg-architecture.1:125
4951 msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0"
4955 #: dpkg-architecture.1:127
4956 msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine."
4960 #: dpkg-architecture.1:127
4962 msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS\\s0"
4966 #: dpkg-architecture.1:129
4967 msgid "The pointer size of the build machine (in bits)."
4971 #: dpkg-architecture.1:129
4973 msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ENDIAN\\s0"
4977 #: dpkg-architecture.1:131
4978 msgid "The endianness of the build machine (little / big)."
4982 #: dpkg-architecture.1:131
4984 msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0"
4988 #: dpkg-architecture.1:133
4989 msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0."
4993 #: dpkg-architecture.1:133
4995 msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0"
4999 #: dpkg-architecture.1:135
5000 msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0."
5004 #: dpkg-architecture.1:135
5006 msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0"
5010 #: dpkg-architecture.1:137
5011 msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine."
5015 #: dpkg-architecture.1:137
5017 msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_MULTIARCH\\s0"
5021 #: dpkg-architecture.1:140
5023 "The clarified \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine, used for "
5028 #: dpkg-architecture.1:140
5030 msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0"
5034 #: dpkg-architecture.1:142
5035 msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine."
5039 #: dpkg-architecture.1:142
5041 msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0"
5045 #: dpkg-architecture.1:144
5046 msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine."
5050 #: dpkg-architecture.1:144
5052 msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0"
5056 #: dpkg-architecture.1:146
5057 msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine."
5061 #: dpkg-architecture.1:146
5063 msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS\\s0"
5067 #: dpkg-architecture.1:148
5068 msgid "The pointer size of the host machine (in bits)."
5072 #: dpkg-architecture.1:148
5074 msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_ENDIAN\\s0"
5078 #: dpkg-architecture.1:150
5079 msgid "The endianness of the host machine (little / big)."
5083 #: dpkg-architecture.1:150
5085 msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0"
5089 #: dpkg-architecture.1:152
5090 msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0."
5094 #: dpkg-architecture.1:152
5096 msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0"
5100 #: dpkg-architecture.1:154
5101 msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0."
5105 #: dpkg-architecture.1:154
5107 msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0"
5111 #: dpkg-architecture.1:156
5112 msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine."
5116 #: dpkg-architecture.1:156
5118 msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH\\s0"
5122 #: dpkg-architecture.1:159
5124 "The clarified \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine, used for "
5129 #: dpkg-architecture.1:160
5131 msgid "DEBIAN/RULES"
5135 #: dpkg-architecture.1:168
5137 "The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/"
5138 "rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not "
5139 "rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you "
5140 "should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the -q option. "
5141 "Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross "
5142 "compilation support in your package:"
5146 #: dpkg-architecture.1:171
5147 msgid "Retrieving the GNU system type and forwarding it to ./configure:"
5151 #: dpkg-architecture.1:177
5154 "\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n"
5155 "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
5157 "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n"
5161 #: dpkg-architecture.1:181
5162 msgid "Doing something only for a specific architecture:"
5166 #: dpkg-architecture.1:184
5168 msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n"
5172 #: dpkg-architecture.1:188 dpkg-architecture.1:202
5175 "ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n"
5181 #: dpkg-architecture.1:192
5183 "or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU "
5184 "or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables."
5188 #: dpkg-architecture.1:195
5190 "Note that you can also rely on an external Makefile snippet to properly set "
5191 "all the variables that B<dpkg-architecture> can provide:"
5195 #: dpkg-architecture.1:198
5197 msgid "include /usr/share/dpkg/architecture.mk\n"
5201 #: dpkg-architecture.1:206
5203 "In any case, you should never use B<dpkg --print-architecture> to get "
5204 "architecture information during a package build."
5208 #: dpkg-architecture.1:207 dpkg-buildpackage.1:264
5210 msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY"
5214 #: dpkg-architecture.1:210
5216 "The /usr/share/dpkg/architecture.mk Makefile snippet is provided by dpkg-dev "
5217 "since version 1.16.1."
5221 #: dpkg-architecture.1:214
5223 "The DEB_*_ARCH_BITS and DEB_*_ARCH_ENDIAN variables were introduced in dpkg-"
5224 "dev 1.15.4. Using them in I<debian/rules> thus requires a build-dependency "
5225 "on dpkg-dev (E<gt>= 1.15.4)."
5229 #: dpkg-architecture.1:217
5231 "The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were introduced in dpkg-"
5236 #: dpkg-architecture.1:220
5238 "The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent "
5239 "versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.13)."
5243 #: dpkg-architecture.1:224
5245 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-"
5246 "architecture>. Other examples:"
5250 #: dpkg-architecture.1:226
5251 msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture -c debian/rules build"
5255 #: dpkg-architecture.1:228
5257 msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture -u\\`"
5258 msgstr "Debian Project"
5261 #: dpkg-architecture.1:231
5263 "Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given one:"
5267 #: dpkg-architecture.1:233
5268 msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha"
5272 #: dpkg-architecture.1:235
5273 msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips"
5277 #: dpkg-architecture.1:238
5279 "Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are "
5284 #: dpkg-architecture.1:240
5285 msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any"
5289 #: dpkg-architecture.1:242
5290 msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any"
5294 #: dpkg-architecture.1:247
5296 "All these files have to be present for B<dpkg-architecture> to work. Their "
5297 "location can be overridden at runtime with the environment variable "
5302 #: dpkg-architecture.1:247
5304 msgid "I</usr/share/dpkg/cputable>"
5308 #: dpkg-architecture.1:250
5309 msgid "Table of known CPU names and mapping to their GNU name."
5313 #: dpkg-architecture.1:250
5315 msgid "I</usr/share/dpkg/ostable>"
5319 #: dpkg-architecture.1:253
5320 msgid "Table of known operating system names and mapping to their GNU name."
5324 #: dpkg-architecture.1:253
5326 msgid "I</usr/share/dpkg/triplettable>"
5330 #: dpkg-architecture.1:257
5332 "Mapping between Debian architecture triplets and Debian architecture names."
5336 #: dpkg-architecture.1:260
5338 msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)."
5339 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
5355 msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file"
5356 msgstr "dpkg.cfg - dpkg konfigurációs fájl"
5362 #| "This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single "
5363 #| "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg "
5364 #| "except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are "
5365 #| "allowed by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")."
5367 "This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single "
5368 "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg "
5369 "except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
5370 "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
5371 "hash sign (\"B<#>\")."
5373 "E fájl tartalmazza a dpkg alapbeállításait. Minden sor 1 lehetőséget "
5374 "tartalmaz, mely pontosan megfelel a sima parancssoros dpkg lehetőségeknek "
5375 "kivéve a vezető kötőjeleket, melyek itt nincsenek. Megjegyzések egy sor "
5376 "elején a (\"B<#>\") jellel lehetségesek."
5380 msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>"
5381 msgstr "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>"
5384 #: dpkg.cfg.5:37 dselect.cfg.5:37
5390 #: dpkg.cfg.5:42 dpkg-divert.8:153 dpkg-query.1:265 dpkg-statoverride.8:103
5392 msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)."
5395 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:19
5397 msgid "dpkg-buildflags"
5401 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:19 dpkg-query.1:21
5403 #| msgid "2006-02-28"
5408 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:22
5409 msgid "dpkg-buildflags - returns build flags to use during package build"
5413 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:26
5415 msgid "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
5416 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
5419 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:30
5421 "B<dpkg-buildflags> is a tool to retrieve compilation flags to use during "
5422 "build of Debian packages."
5426 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:33
5428 "The default flags are defined by the vendor but they can be extended/"
5429 "overriden in several ways:"
5433 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:33
5439 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:35
5440 msgid "system-wide with B</etc/dpkg/buildflags.conf>;"
5444 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:35
5450 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:38
5452 "for the current user with B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> where B<"
5453 "$XDG_CONFIG_HOME> defaults to B<$HOME/.config>;"
5457 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:38
5463 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:41
5465 "temporarily by the user with environment variables (see section "
5470 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:41
5476 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:44
5478 "dynamically by the package maintainer with environment variables set via "
5479 "B<debian/rules> (see section B<ENVIRONMENT>)."
5483 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:46
5484 msgid "The configuration files can contain two types of directives:"
5488 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:46
5490 msgid "B<SET>I< flag value>"
5494 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:49
5495 msgid "Override the flag named I<flag> to have the value I<value>."
5499 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:49
5501 msgid "B<STRIP>I< flag value>"
5505 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:52
5507 "Strip from the flag named I<flag> all the build flags listed in I<value>."
5511 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:52
5513 msgid "B<APPEND>I< flag value>"
5517 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:56
5519 "Extend the flag named I<flag> by appending the options given in I<value>. A "
5520 "space is prepended to the appended value if the flag's current value is non-"
5525 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:56
5527 msgid "B<PREPEND>I< flag value>"
5531 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:60
5533 "Extend the flag named I<flag> by prepending the options given in I<value>. "
5534 "A space is appended to the prepended value if the flag's current value is "
5539 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:63
5541 "The configuration files can contain comments on lines starting with a hash "
5542 "(#). Empty lines are also ignored."
5546 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:64
5549 msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>"
5552 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:69
5554 "Print to standard output all compilation flags and their values. It prints "
5555 "one flag per line separated from its value by an equal sign "
5556 "(\"I<flag>=I<value>\"). This is the default action."
5560 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:69
5566 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:74
5568 "Print the list of flags supported by the current vendor (one per line). See "
5569 "the B<SUPPORTED FLAGS> section for more information about them."
5573 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:74
5576 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
5579 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:80
5581 "Display any information that can be useful to explain the behaviour of "
5582 "B<dpkg-buildflags>: relevant environment variables, current vendor, state of "
5583 "all feature flags. Also print the resulting compiler flags with their origin."
5587 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:84
5589 "This is intended to be run from B<debian/rules>, so that the build log keeps "
5590 "a clear trace of the build flags used. This can be useful to diagnose "
5591 "problems related to them."
5595 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:84
5597 #| msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>"
5598 msgid "B<--export=>I<format>"
5599 msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>"
5602 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:94
5604 "Print to standard output shell (if I<format> is B<sh>) or make (if I<format> "
5605 "is B<make>) commands that can be used to export all the compilation flags in "
5606 "the environment. If I<format> is B<configure> then the output can be used on "
5607 "a B<./configure> command-line. If the I<format> value is not given, B<sh> is "
5608 "assumed. Only compilation flags starting with an upper case character are "
5609 "included, others are assumed to not be suitable for the environment."
5613 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:94
5615 msgid "B<--get>I< flag>"
5616 msgstr "B<--licence>"
5619 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:98
5621 "Print the value of the flag on standard output. Exits with 0 if the flag is "
5622 "known otherwise exits with 1."
5626 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:98
5628 msgid "B<--origin>I< flag>"
5629 msgstr "B<--licence>"
5632 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:103
5634 "Print the origin of the value that is returned by B<--get>. Exits with 0 if "
5635 "the flag is known otherwise exits with 1. The origin can be one of the "
5640 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:104
5643 msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>"
5646 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:107
5647 msgid "the original flag set by the vendor is returned;"
5651 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:107
5657 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:110
5658 msgid "the flag is set/modified by a system-wide configuration;"
5662 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:110
5668 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:113
5669 msgid "the flag is set/modified by a user-specific configuration;"
5673 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:113
5679 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:116
5680 msgid "the flag is set/modified by an environment-specific configuration."
5684 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:117
5686 msgid "B<--query-features>I< area>"
5687 msgstr "B<--version>"
5690 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:122
5692 "Print the features enabled for a given area. The only currently recognized "
5693 "area is B<hardening>. Exits with 0 if the area is known otherwise exits with "
5698 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:125
5700 "The output format is RFC822 header-style, with one section per feature. For "
5705 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:129
5713 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:132
5716 " Feature: stackprotector\n"
5721 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:133 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:55 dpkg-scansources.1:85
5722 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:62 dpkg-vendor.1:45 dselect.1:134
5723 #: update-alternatives.8:333
5726 msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>"
5729 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:140
5731 msgid "SUPPORTED FLAGS"
5735 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:141
5741 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:147
5743 "Options for the C compiler. The default value set by the vendor includes I<-"
5744 "g> and the default optimization level (I<-O2> usually, or I<-O0> if the "
5745 "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>)."
5749 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:147
5755 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:150
5756 msgid "Options for the C preprocessor. Default value: empty."
5760 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:150
5766 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:153
5767 msgid "Options for the C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>."
5771 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:153
5777 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:156
5778 msgid "Options for the Fortran compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>."
5782 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:156
5788 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:164
5790 "Options passed to the compiler when linking executables or shared objects "
5791 "(if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be stripped "
5792 "from these options). Default value: empty."
5796 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:166
5798 #| msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
5799 msgid "B</etc/dpkg/buildflags.conf>"
5800 msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>"
5803 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:169
5805 #| msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file"
5806 msgid "System wide configuration file."
5807 msgstr "dselect.cfg - dselect konfigurációs fájl"
5810 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:169
5812 msgid "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> or B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>"
5816 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:172
5818 #| msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file"
5819 msgid "User configuration file."
5820 msgstr "dselect.cfg - dselect konfigurációs fájl"
5823 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:179
5825 "There are 2 sets of environment variables doing the same operations, the "
5826 "first one (DEB_I<flag>_I<op>) should never be used within B<debian/rules>. "
5827 "It's meant for any user that wants to rebuild the source package with "
5828 "different build flags. The second set (DEB_I<flag>_MAINT_I<op>) should only "
5829 "be used in B<debian/rules> by package maintainers to change the resulting "
5834 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:179
5836 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>"
5840 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:181
5842 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_SET>"
5846 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:185
5848 "This variable can be used to force the value returned for the given I<flag>."
5852 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:185
5854 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_STRIP>"
5858 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:187
5860 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_STRIP>"
5864 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:192
5866 "This variable can be used to provide a space separated list of options that "
5867 "will be stripped from the set of flags returned for the given I<flag>."
5871 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:192
5873 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>"
5877 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:194
5879 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_APPEND>"
5883 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:198
5885 "This variable can be used to append supplementary options to the value "
5886 "returned for the given I<flag>."
5890 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:198
5892 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_PREPEND>"
5896 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:200
5898 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_PREPEND>"
5902 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:204
5904 "This variable can be used to prepend supplementary options to the value "
5905 "returned for the given I<flag>."
5909 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:204
5911 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS>"
5915 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:209
5917 "This variable can be used to disable/enable various hardening build flags "
5918 "through the B<hardening> option. See the B<HARDENING> section for details."
5922 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:210
5928 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:215
5930 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help harden a "
5931 "resulting binary against memory corruption attacks, or provide additional "
5932 "warning messages during compilation. Except as noted below, these are "
5933 "enabled by default for architectures that support them."
5937 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:221
5939 "Each hardening feature can be enabled and disabled in the "
5940 "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> environment variable's B<hardening> value with "
5941 "the \"+\" and \"-\" modifier. For example, to enable the \"pie\" feature and "
5942 "disable the \"fortify\" feature you can do this in B<debian/rules>:"
5946 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:223
5948 msgid " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=+pie,-fortify\n"
5952 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:227
5954 "The special feature B<all> can be used to enable or disable all hardening "
5955 "features at the same time. Thus disabling everything and enabling only "
5956 "\"format\" and \"fortify\" can be achieved with:"
5960 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:229
5962 msgid " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=-all,+format,+fortify\n"
5966 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:230
5969 msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>"
5972 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:242
5974 "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wformat -Werror=format-security> "
5975 "to B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS>. This will warn about improper format string "
5976 "uses, and will fail when format functions are used in a way that represent "
5977 "possible security problems. At present, this warns about calls to B<printf> "
5978 "and B<scanf> functions where the format string is not a string literal and "
5979 "there are no format arguments, as in B<printf(foo);> instead of B<printf(\"%s"
5980 "\", foo);> This may be a security hole if the format string came from "
5981 "untrusted input and contains \"%n\"."
5985 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:243
5991 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:254
5993 "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2> to "
5994 "B<CPPFLAGS>. During code generation the compiler knows a great deal of "
5995 "information about buffer sizes (where possible), and attempts to replace "
5996 "insecure unlimited length buffer function calls with length-limited ones. "
5997 "This is especially useful for old, crufty code. Additionally, format "
5998 "strings in writable memory that contain '%n' are blocked. If an application "
5999 "depends on such a format string, it will need to be worked around."
6003 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:257
6005 "Note that for this option to have any effect, the source must also be "
6006 "compiled with B<-O1> or higher."
6010 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:257
6012 msgid "B<stackprotector>"
6016 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:266
6018 "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-protector --param=ssp-"
6019 "buffer-size=4> to B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS>. This adds safety checks against "
6020 "stack overwrites. This renders many potential code injection attacks into "
6021 "aborting situations. In the best case this turns code injection "
6022 "vulnerabilities into denial of service or into non-issues (depending on the "
6027 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:270
6029 "This feature requires linking against glibc (or another provider of "
6030 "B<__stack_chk_fail>), so needs to be disabled when building with B<-"
6031 "nostdlib> or B<-ffreestanding> or similar."
6035 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:271
6041 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:280
6043 "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,relro> to B<LDFLAGS>. "
6044 "During program load, several ELF memory sections need to be written to by "
6045 "the linker. This flags the loader to turn these sections read-only before "
6046 "turning over control to the program. Most notably this prevents GOT "
6047 "overwrite attacks. If this option is disabled, B<bindnow> will become "
6052 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:281
6058 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:288
6060 "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,now> to B<LDFLAGS>. During "
6061 "program load, all dynamic symbols are resolved, allowing for the entire PLT "
6062 "to be marked read-only (due to B<relro> above). The option cannot become "
6063 "enabled if B<relro> is not enabled."
6067 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:289
6073 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:301
6075 "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fPIE> to B<CFLAGS> and "
6076 "B<CXXFLAGS>, and B<-fPIE -pie> to B<LDFLAGS>. Position Independent "
6077 "Executable are needed to take advantage of Address Space Layout "
6078 "Randomization, supported by some kernel versions. While ASLR can already be "
6079 "enforced for data areas in the stack and heap (brk and mmap), the code areas "
6080 "must be compiled as position-independent. Shared libraries already do this (-"
6081 "fPIC), so they gain ASLR automatically, but binary .text regions need to be "
6082 "build PIE to gain ASLR. When this happens, ROP (Return Oriented Programming) "
6083 "attacks are much harder since there are no static locations to bounce off of "
6084 "during a memory corruption attack."
6088 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:304
6090 "This is not compatible with B<-fPIC> so care must be taken when building "
6095 #: dpkg-buildflags.1:309
6097 "Additionally, since PIE is implemented via a general register, some "
6098 "architectures (most notably i386) can see performance losses of up to 15% in "
6099 "very text-segment-heavy application workloads; most workloads see less than "
6100 "1%. Architectures with more general registers (e.g. amd64) do not see as "
6101 "high a worst-case penalty."
6105 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:22
6107 msgid "dpkg-buildpackage"
6111 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:22 dpkg-distaddfile.1:19 dpkg-genchanges.1:21
6112 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:21 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:18 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:22
6113 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:22 dpkg-source.1:23
6115 #| msgid "2006-02-28"
6120 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:25
6122 msgid "dpkg-buildpackage - build binary or source packages from sources"
6124 "A B<dpkg-deb> Debian archívumokat csomagol, kibont és információkat nyújt "
6128 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:29
6130 msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<option>...]"
6131 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
6134 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:34
6136 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a program that automates the process of building a "
6137 "Debian package. It consists of the following steps:"
6141 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:34
6147 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:38
6149 "It prepares the build environment by setting various environment variables "
6150 "(see B<ENVIRONMENT>) and calls B<dpkg-source --before-build> (unless B<-T> "
6151 "or B<--target> has been used)."
6155 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:38
6161 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:41
6163 "It checks that the build-dependencies and build-conflicts are satisfied "
6164 "(unless B<-d> is specified)."
6168 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:41
6174 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:46
6176 "If a specific target has been selected with the B<-T> or B<--target> option, "
6177 "it calls that target and stops here. Otherwise it calls B<fakeroot debian/"
6178 "rules clean> to clean the build-tree (unless B<-nc> is specified)."
6182 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:46
6188 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:50
6190 "It calls B<dpkg-source -b> to generate the source package (unless a binary-"
6191 "only build has been requested with B<-b>, B<-B> or B<-A>)."
6195 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:50
6201 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:58
6203 "It calls B<debian/rules> I<build-target> followed by B<fakeroot debian/"
6204 "rules> I<binary-target> (unless a source-only build has been requested with "
6205 "B<-S>). Note that I<build-target> and I<binary-target> are either B<build> "
6206 "and B<binary> (default case, or if B<-b> is specified), or B<build-arch> and "
6207 "B<binary-arch> (if B<-B> is specified), or B<build-indep> and B<binary-"
6208 "indep> (if B<-A> is specified)."
6212 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:58
6218 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:61
6220 "It calls B<gpg> to sign the B<.dsc> file (if any, unless B<-us> is "
6225 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:61
6231 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:65
6233 "It calls B<dpkg-genchanges> to generate a B<.changes> file. Many B<dpkg-"
6234 "buildpackage> options are forwarded to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
6238 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:65
6244 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:68
6246 "It calls B<gpg> to sign the B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> is specified)."
6250 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:68
6256 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:71
6258 "If B<-tc> is specified, it will call B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> again. "
6259 "Finally it calls B<dpkg-source --after-build>."
6263 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:73
6269 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:77
6271 "Specifies a binary-only build, no source files are to be built and/or "
6272 "distributed. Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
6276 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:77 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:47
6282 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:81
6284 "Specifies a binary-only build, limited to architecture dependent packages. "
6285 "Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
6289 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:81 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:42
6295 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:85
6297 "Specifies a binary-only build, limited to architecture independent packages. "
6298 "Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
6302 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:85 dpkg-genchanges.1:47
6308 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:89
6310 "Specifies a source-only build, no binary packages need to be made. Passed "
6311 "to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
6315 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:89
6321 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:93
6323 "Specifies a normal full build, binary and source packages will be built. "
6324 "This is the same as the default case when no build option is specified."
6328 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:95
6330 msgid "B<--target=>I<target>"
6331 msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>"
6334 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:97
6336 msgid "B<--target >I<target>"
6337 msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>"
6340 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:99
6342 msgid "B<-T>I<target>"
6343 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>"
6346 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:105
6348 "Calls B<debian/rules> I<target> after having setup the build environment and "
6349 "stops the package build process here. If B<--as-root> is also given, then "
6350 "the command is executed as root (see B<-r>). Note that official targets that "
6351 "are required to be run as root by the Debian policy do not need this option."
6355 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:106
6357 msgid "B<--as-root>"
6361 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:110
6363 "Only meaningful together with B<--target>. Requires that the target be run "
6368 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:112 dpkg-genchanges.1:56
6374 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:114 dpkg-genchanges.1:62
6380 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:116 dpkg-genchanges.1:65
6386 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:118 dpkg-genchanges.1:69 dpkg-gencontrol.1:58
6387 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:396
6389 msgid "B<-v>I<version>"
6390 msgstr "B<--version>"
6393 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:120 dpkg-genchanges.1:74
6395 msgid "B<-C>I<changes-description>"
6396 msgstr "B< >E<lt>hosszú leírásE<gt>"
6399 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:122 dpkg-genchanges.1:80
6401 msgid "B<-m>I<maintainer-address>"
6405 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:124 dpkg-genchanges.1:86
6407 msgid "B<-e>I<maintainer-address>"
6411 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:126
6412 msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
6416 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:127
6418 msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>"
6422 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:132
6424 "Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the "
6425 "machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for "
6430 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:137
6432 "Specify the GNU system type we build for. It can be used in place of -a or "
6433 "as a complement to override the default GNU system type of the target Debian "
6438 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:137
6440 msgid "B<-j>I<jobs>"
6441 msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>"
6444 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:148
6446 "Number of jobs allowed to be run simultaneously, equivalent to the B<make>"
6447 "(1) option of the same name. Will add itself to the MAKEFLAGS environment "
6448 "variable, which should cause all subsequent make invocations to inherit the "
6449 "option. Also adds B<parallel=>I<jobs> to the DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS environment "
6450 "variable which allows debian/rules files to use this information for their "
6451 "own purposes. The B<parallel=>I<jobs> in DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS environment "
6452 "variable will override the B<-j> value if this option is given."
6456 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:148
6462 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:152
6464 "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied. This is the "
6469 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:152 dpkg-gensymbols.1:452
6475 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:155
6476 msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts."
6480 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:155
6486 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:159
6488 "Do not clean the source tree (implies B<-b> if nothing else has been "
6489 "selected among B<-B>, B<-A> or B<-S>)."
6493 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:159
6499 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:165
6501 "Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) "
6502 "after the package has been built."
6506 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:165
6508 msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>"
6512 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:189
6514 "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as "
6515 "root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one "
6516 "has been specified. Otherwise, if none has been specified, B<fakeroot> will "
6517 "be used by default, if the command is present. I<gain-root-command> should "
6518 "start with the name of a program on the B<PATH> and will get as arguments "
6519 "the name of the real command to run and the arguments it should take. "
6520 "I<gain-root-command> can include parameters (they must be space-separated) "
6521 "but no shell metacharacters. I<gain-root-command> might typically be "
6522 "B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>. B<su> is not suitable, since "
6523 "it can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments "
6524 "individually to the command to be run."
6528 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:189
6530 msgid "B<-R>I<rules-file>"
6531 msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>"
6534 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:200
6536 "Building a Debian package usually involves invoking B<debian/rules> as a "
6537 "command with several standard parameters. With this option it's possible to "
6538 "use another program invocation to build the package (it can include space "
6539 "separated parameters). Alternatively it can be used to execute the standard "
6540 "rules file with another make program (for example by using B</usr/local/bin/"
6541 "make -f debian/rules> as I<rules-file>)."
6545 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:200
6547 msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>"
6551 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:208
6553 "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG to sign a source control (B<."
6554 "dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> (searching the "
6555 "B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<gpg>. I<sign-command> will get all the "
6556 "arguments that B<gpg> would have gotten. I<sign-command> should not contain "
6557 "spaces or any other shell metacharacters."
6561 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:208
6563 msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>"
6567 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:211
6568 msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages."
6572 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:211
6578 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:214
6579 msgid "Do not sign the source package."
6583 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:214
6589 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:217
6590 msgid "Do not sign the B<.changes> file."
6594 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:219
6595 msgid "B<-i>[I<regexp>]"
6599 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:221
6601 msgid "B<-I>I<[pattern]>"
6602 msgstr "B<--version>"
6605 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:223
6606 msgid "B<-s>[B<nsAkurKUR>]"
6610 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:225
6612 msgid "B<-z>, B<-Z>"
6613 msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>"
6616 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:228
6617 msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. See its manual page."
6621 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:229
6623 #| msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>"
6624 msgid "B<--source-option=>I<opt>"
6625 msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>"
6628 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:232
6629 msgid "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-source>."
6633 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:232
6635 msgid "B<--changes-option=>I<opt>"
6636 msgstr "B< >E<lt>hosszú leírásE<gt>"
6639 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:235
6640 msgid "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
6644 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:239
6646 msgid "B<--admindir >I<dir>"
6647 msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>szakaszE<gt>"
6650 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:242 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:42 dpkg-query.1:152
6651 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:236 dpkg-trigger.1:60
6653 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/"
6658 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:254
6660 "Even if B<dpkg-buildpackage> exports some variables, B<debian/rules> should "
6661 "not rely on their presence and should instead use the respective interface "
6662 "to retrieve the needed values."
6666 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:254
6668 msgid "Variables set by dpkg-architecture"
6669 msgstr "Debian Project"
6672 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:258
6674 "B<dpkg-architecture> is called with the B<-a> and B<-t> parameters "
6675 "forwarded. Any variable that is output by its B<-s> option is integrated in "
6676 "the build environment."
6680 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:258
6682 msgid "Compiler flags are no longer exported"
6686 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:263
6688 "Between versions 1.14.17 and 1.16.1, B<dpkg-buildpackage> exported compiler "
6689 "flags (B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>) with "
6690 "values as returned by B<dpkg-buildflags>. This is no longer the case."
6694 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:271
6696 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is using the B<build-arch> and B<build-indep> targets "
6697 "since version 1.16.2. Those targets are thus mandatory. But to avoid "
6698 "breakages of existing packages, and ease the transition, it will fallback to "
6699 "using the B<build> target if B<make -f debian/rules -qn> I<build-target> "
6700 "returns 2 as exit code."
6704 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:275
6706 "It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and "
6707 "initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>."
6711 #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:282
6714 "B<dpkg-source>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<dpkg-buildflags>(1), B<dpkg-"
6715 "genchanges>(1), B<fakeroot>(1), B<gpg>(1)."
6716 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
6719 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
6721 msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"
6725 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:20
6727 #| msgid "2006-02-28"
6732 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:23
6733 msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts"
6737 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:28
6739 msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<option>...] [I<control-file>]"
6740 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-fájl-név> ..]"
6743 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:33
6745 "This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build "
6746 "dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
6747 "met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code."
6751 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:36
6753 "By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
6754 "be specified on the command line."
6758 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:47
6760 "Ignore I<Build-Depends-Arch> and I<Build-Conflicts-Arch> lines. Use when "
6761 "only arch-indep packages will be built, or combine with B<-B> when only a "
6762 "source package is to be built."
6766 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:52
6768 "Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> and I<Build-Conflicts-Indep> lines. Use when "
6769 "only arch-dep packages will be built, or combine with B<-A> when only a "
6770 "source package is to be built."
6774 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:52
6776 msgid "B<-d >I<build-depends-string>"
6780 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:54
6782 msgid "B<-c >I<build-conflicts-string>"
6786 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:58
6788 "Use the given build dependencies/conflicts instead of those contained in the "
6789 "I<debian/control> file."
6793 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:58
6795 msgid "B<-a >I<arch>"
6796 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>"
6799 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:63
6801 "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in "
6802 "the control file is to be built for the given host architecture instead of "
6803 "the architecture of the current system."
6807 #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:19
6809 msgid "dpkg-distaddfile"
6813 #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:22
6814 msgid "dpkg-distaddfile - add entries to debian/files"
6818 #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:26
6820 msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<option>...]I< filename section priority>"
6821 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
6824 #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:31
6825 msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>."
6829 #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:36
6831 "It takes three non-option arguments, the filename and the section and "
6832 "priority for the B<.changes> file."
6836 #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:44
6838 "The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-"
6839 "genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being "
6840 "a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run."
6844 #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:46 dpkg-genchanges.1:123 dpkg-gencontrol.1:89
6846 msgid "B<-f>I<files-list-file>"
6847 msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>"
6850 #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:50 dpkg-gencontrol.1:93
6852 "Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using "
6857 #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:58 dpkg-genchanges.1:158 dpkg-gencontrol.1:153
6859 msgid "B<debian/files>"
6863 #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:63
6865 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
6866 "B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add additional files."
6878 #| msgid "2006-02-28"
6884 msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool"
6885 msgstr "dpkg-deb - Debian csomag archívum (.deb) kezelő eszköz"
6890 msgid "B<dpkg-deb> [I<option>...] I<command>"
6891 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
6896 "B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives."
6898 "A B<dpkg-deb> Debian archívumokat csomagol, kibont és információkat nyújt "
6903 msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system."
6905 "Csomagok telepítéséhez és eltávolításához a rendszerből a B<dpkg> programot "
6911 "You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you "
6912 "want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> "
6913 "and run it for you."
6915 "A B<dpkg-deb> a B<dpkg>-val is hívható minden lehetéséggel, melyet át akarsz "
6916 "adni a B<dpkg-deb>-nek. A B<dpkg> látja, hogy a B<dpkg-deb>-et akarod és el "
6922 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"
6923 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<könyvtár> [I<archívum>|I<könyvtár>]"
6928 "Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. "
6929 "I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control "
6930 "information files such as the control file itself. This directory will "
6931 "I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the "
6932 "files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area."
6934 "Létrehoz egy Debian archívumot a I<könyvtár>-ban lévő fájlokból. A "
6935 "I<könyvtár> egy B<DEBIAN> alkönyvtár kell legyen, mely egyaránt tartalmazza "
6936 "az ellenőrző információs fájlokat és az ellenőrző fájlt magát. E könyvtár "
6937 "I<nem> jelenik meg a bináris csomag fájlrendszer archívumában, a benne lévő "
6938 "fájlok a bináris csomag ellenőrző információs területére kerülnek."
6943 "Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and "
6944 "parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display "
6945 "the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the "
6946 "permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> "
6947 "control information directory."
6949 "A B<--nocheck> megadása nélkül, a B<dpkg-deb> elolvassa és értelmezi a "
6950 "B<DEBIAN/control> fájlt. Nyelvtani és más hibákat ellenőriz és kiírja a "
6951 "bináris csomag nevét. A B<dpkg-deb> ellenőrzi a karbantartói szkriptek "
6952 "jogait és a B<DEBIAN> ellenőrző információs könyvtárban lévő más fájlokat."
6957 "If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into "
6958 "the file I<directory>B<.deb>."
6960 "Ha nincs I<archívum> megadva, a B<dpkg-deb> a csomagot a I<directory>B<.deb> "
6961 "fájlba készíti el."
6965 msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten."
6966 msgstr "A már létező hasonló archívumot felülírja."
6971 "If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the "
6972 "file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or "
6973 "I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in "
6974 "the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than "
6975 "a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to "
6976 "read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)."
6978 "Ha a második argumentum egy könyvtár, a B<dpkg-deb> a "
6979 "I<csomag>B<_>I<verzió>B<_>I<architektúra>B<.deb>, vagy ha nincs "
6980 "B<Architektúra> mező a csomag ellenőrző fájlban, a I<csomag>B<_>I<verzió>B<."
6981 "deb> fájlba ír. Ha nem fájl, hanem célkönyvtár van megadva, a B<--nocheck> "
6982 "lehetőség nem használható (mivel a B<dpkg-deb>-nek el kell olvasni a csomag "
6983 "ellenőrző fájlt a fájlnév meghatározásához)."
6988 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name>...]"
6989 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-fájl-név> ..]"
6993 msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive."
6994 msgstr "Egy bináris csomagarchívumról ad információkat."
6999 "If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of "
7000 "the contents of the package as well as its control file."
7002 "Ha nincs megadva I<ellenőrző-fájl-név>, kiírja a csomag és ellenőrző fájlja "
7008 "If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them "
7009 "in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present "
7010 "it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status "
7013 "Ha meg van adva I<ellenőrző-fájl-név>, a B<dpkg-deb> a megadott sorrendben "
7014 "mutat rájuk, és ha bármely összetevő hiányzik, azokról hibaüzenetet küld a "
7015 "stderr-re és kilép 2-es kóddal."
7020 msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> I<archive>"
7021 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
7027 "Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified "
7028 "by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's "
7029 "name and version on one line, separated by a tabulator."
7031 "Egy bináris csomagarchívumról ad információkat a B<--showformat> "
7032 "argumentumban megadott formátumban. Az alap formátum kiírja a csomag nevét "
7033 "és verzióját 1 sorban tabulátorral elválasztva."
7038 msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name>...]"
7039 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-mező-név> ...]"
7043 msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive."
7044 msgstr "Kiszedi az ellenőrző információs fájlt egy bináris csomagarchívumból"
7049 "If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole "
7052 "Ha nincsenek B<ellenőrző-fájl-mezők>k megadva, kiírja az egész ellenőrző "
7058 "If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the "
7059 "order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-"
7060 "file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field "
7061 "name (and a colon and space)."
7063 "Ha vannak, a B<dpkg-deb> kiírja tartalmukat az ellenőrző fájlban megadott "
7064 "sorrendben. Ha több, mint 1 B<ellenőrző-fájl-mező> került megadásra, a "
7065 "B<dpkg-deb> mezőnevükkel (és egy kettősponttal és szóközzel) azonosítja őket."
7069 msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found."
7070 msgstr "Nem ad hibajelet kért, de nem lelt mezőkre."
7075 msgid "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>"
7076 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
7081 "Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package "
7082 "archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
7085 "Kilistázza a csomag archívum fájlrendszer fa archívum részét. Jelenleg a "
7086 "B<tar> részletes lista formátumban teszi meg ezt."
7091 msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>"
7092 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archívum könyvtár>"
7097 "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified "
7100 "Kibontja egy csomag archívum fájlrendszer fáját egy megadott könyvtárba."
7105 "Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a "
7106 "correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
7108 "Egy csomag kibontása a gyökérkönyvtárba I<nem> ad helyes telepítést! A "
7109 "B<dpkg> vagy valamely felülete használható csomagok telepítésére."
7115 "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary, and its "
7116 "permissions modified to match the contents of the package."
7117 msgstr "Létrehozza a I<könyvtár>at (de szüleit nem), ha szükséges."
7122 msgid "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>"
7123 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archívum könyvtár>"
7129 "Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>) with B<--verbose> (B<-v>) which prints a "
7130 "listing of the files extracted as it goes."
7132 "A B<--vextract> (B<-X>) kiírja a kibontásra került fájlokat, a B<--extract> "
7133 "(B<-x>) csak hibánál ír."
7138 msgid "B<-R>, B<--raw-extract> I<archive directory>"
7139 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archívum könyvtár>"
7145 #| "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified "
7148 "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into a specified "
7149 "directory, and the control information files into a DEBIAN subdirectory of "
7150 "the specified directory."
7152 "Kibontja egy csomag archívum fájlrendszer fáját egy megadott könyvtárba."
7155 #: dpkg-deb.1:172 dpkg-deb.1:192
7157 "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary."
7158 msgstr "Létrehozza a célkönyvtárat (de szüleit nem), ha szükséges."
7163 msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>"
7164 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb --fsys-tarfile> I<archívum>"
7170 #| "Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to "
7171 #| "standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be "
7172 #| "used to extract a particular file from a package archive."
7174 "Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to "
7175 "standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used "
7176 "to extract a particular file from a package archive. The input archive will "
7177 "always be processed sequentially."
7179 "Kibontja a fájlrendszer fa adatokat egy bináris csomagból és a szabvány "
7180 "kimenetre küldi B<tar> formátumban. A B<tar>(1)-ral együtt egyes fájlok "
7181 "kibontására használható egy csomag archívumból."
7186 msgid "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]"
7187 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-e>|B<--control> I<archívum könyvtár>"
7192 "Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the "
7193 "specified directory."
7195 "Kiszedi a csomag információs fájlokat egy csomag archívumból a megadott "
7201 "If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current "
7202 "directory is used."
7204 "Ha nincs megadva könyvtár a jelen könyvtár B<DEBIAN> alkönyvtárát fogja "
7210 msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>"
7211 msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>"
7214 #: dpkg-deb.1:205 dpkg-query.1:161
7216 "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
7217 "produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
7219 "E lehetőség adja meg a B<--show> kimentének formátumát. A formátum egy "
7220 "szöveg, melyet minden listázott csomag visszaad."
7225 "The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" "
7226 "form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the "
7227 "same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including "
7228 "escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the "
7229 "B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)."
7231 "Ez az argumentum egy szöveg, mely a \"${I<field-name>}\" formát használó "
7232 "bármely állapotmezőre hivatkozhat, az érvényes mezők listája könnyen "
7233 "előállítható a B<-I>-lel ugyanazon csomagon. A formázási lehetőségek teljes "
7234 "magyarázata (ideértve az escape sorozatokat és mező oszlopokat) a B<dpkg-"
7235 "query>(1) B<--showformat> lehetőségének magyarázatában található."
7239 msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"."
7240 msgstr "E mező alapértelmezettje: \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"."
7245 msgid "B<-z>I<compress-level>"
7246 msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>"
7251 "Specify which compression level to use on the compressor backend, when "
7252 "building a package (default is 9 for gzip and bzip2, 6 for xz and lzma). "
7253 "The accepted values are 0-9 with: 0 being mapped to compressor none for gzip "
7254 "and 0 mapped to 1 for bzip2. Before dpkg 1.16.2 level 0 was equivalent to "
7255 "compressor none for all compressors."
7261 msgid "B<-S>I<compress-strategy>"
7262 msgstr "B<--version>"
7267 "Specify which compression strategy to use on the compressor backend, when "
7268 "building a package (since dpkg 1.16.2). Allowed values are I<none> (since "
7269 "dpkg 1.16.4) and I<extreme> for xz."
7275 msgid "B<-Z>I<compress-type>"
7276 msgstr "B<--version>"
7281 "Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed "
7282 "values are I<gzip>, I<xz>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma>, and I<none> (default is "
7295 "Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default."
7296 msgstr "`Új' formátumú archívum használata. Ez az alap."
7307 "Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format "
7308 "is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use "
7309 "is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than "
7310 "0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only."
7312 "A B<dpkg-deb>-et `régi' formátumú archívumra bírja. E régi archívum "
7313 "formátumot nehezebben értik nem-Debian eszközök és elavult; egyetlen "
7314 "használata olyan csomagok készítése, mely a 0.93.76-nál (1995 szeptember) "
7315 "régebbi verziójú dpkg számára is érthető, mely csak i386 a.out-ként volt "
7321 msgid "B<--nocheck>"
7322 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
7327 "Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an "
7328 "archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
7330 "Tiltja egy tervezett archívum tartalom szokásos B<dpkg-deb --build> "
7331 "ellenőrzését. Így bármilyen archívum készíthető, vagyis nem számít, milyen "
7332 "hibákat tartalmaz."
7335 #: dpkg-deb.1:252 start-stop-daemon.8:287
7337 msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
7338 msgstr "B<--version>"
7343 "Enables verbose output. This currently only affects B<--extract> making it "
7344 "behave like B<--vextract>."
7350 msgid "B<-D>, B<--debug>"
7351 msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>"
7355 msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
7356 msgstr "Hibajavító kimenet bekapcsolva. Nem túl érdekes."
7361 "If set, B<dpkg-deb> will use it as the directory in which to create "
7362 "temporary files and directories."
7368 "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing."
7369 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<csomag1>B<.deb> I<csomag2>B<.deb> hibát okoz."
7374 "There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a "
7375 "straightforward checksum. (Higher level tools like APT support "
7376 "authenticating B<.deb> packages retrieved from a given repository, and most "
7377 "packages nowadays provide an md5sum control file generated by debian/rules. "
7378 "Though this is not directly supported by the lower level tools.)"
7384 "Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use "
7385 "B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the "
7386 "package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded."
7388 "A B<dpkg-deb> önmagában nem használható telepítésre! A B<dpkg> programot "
7389 "kell használni annak biztosításához, hogy minden fájl a helyére kerüljön, a "
7390 "csomagok szkriptjei lefussanak és állapotuk és tartalmuk rögzítésre kerüljön."
7394 msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
7395 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
7405 msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file"
7411 msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<option>...] I<command>"
7412 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
7417 "B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of "
7424 "File I<diversions> are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file "
7425 "into its location, but to a I<diverted> location. Diversions can be used "
7426 "through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a "
7427 "conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's "
7428 "configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as "
7429 "'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version "
7430 "of a package which contains those files."
7436 msgid "[B<--add>] I<file>"
7437 msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>"
7441 msgid "Add a diversion for I<file>."
7445 #: dpkg-divert.8:48 dpkg-statoverride.8:53
7447 msgid "B<--remove>I< file>"
7452 msgid "Remove a diversion for I<file>."
7458 msgid "B<--list>I< glob-pattern>"
7463 msgid "List diversions matching I<glob-pattern>."
7469 msgid "B<--listpackage>I< file>"
7470 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>"
7475 "Print the name of the package that diverts I<file>. Prints LOCAL if I<file> "
7476 "is locally diverted and nothing if I<file> is not diverted."
7482 msgid "B<--truename>I< file>"
7487 msgid "Print the real name for a diverted file."
7491 #: dpkg-divert.8:63 dpkg-statoverride.8:70 dselect.1:65
7492 #: update-alternatives.8:345
7494 msgid "B<--admindir>I< directory>"
7495 msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>szakaszE<gt>"
7500 "Set the dpkg data directory to I<directory> (default: I</var/lib/dpkg>)."
7506 msgid "B<--divert>I< divert-to>"
7507 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>elsőbbségE<gt>"
7512 "I<divert-to> is the location where the versions of I<file>, as provided by "
7513 "other packages, will be diverted."
7525 "Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This "
7526 "means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the "
7527 "file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified "
7534 msgid "B<--package>I< package>"
7535 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>"
7540 "I<package> is the name of a package whose copy of I<file> will not be "
7541 "diverted. i.e. I<file> will be diverted for all packages except I<package>."
7545 #: dpkg-divert.8:81 dpkg-statoverride.8:82 update-alternatives.8:367
7552 msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output."
7564 "Actually move the file aside (or back). B<dpkg-divert> will abort operation "
7565 "in case the destination file already exists."
7576 msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate."
7586 #: dpkg-divert.8:102
7588 "When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<original>B<.distrib>. "
7589 "When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must match if "
7594 #: dpkg-divert.8:104
7595 msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>."
7599 #: dpkg-divert.8:110
7601 "Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) "
7602 "creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the "
7603 "library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the "
7604 "symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library "
7605 "has the same SONAME as the undiverted one."
7609 #: dpkg-divert.8:115
7611 "To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i."
7612 "e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</"
7613 "usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:"
7617 #: dpkg-divert.8:117
7618 msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example"
7622 #: dpkg-divert.8:119 dpkg-divert.8:129
7623 msgid "To remove that diversion:"
7627 #: dpkg-divert.8:121
7628 msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example"
7632 #: dpkg-divert.8:125
7634 "To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/"
7635 "example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:"
7639 #: dpkg-divert.8:127
7641 "dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/"
7646 #: dpkg-divert.8:131
7647 msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example"
7651 #: dpkg-divert.8:133 dpkg-query.1:254 dpkg-statoverride.8:87 dpkg-trigger.1:78
7652 #: update-alternatives.8:372
7654 msgid "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR>"
7658 #: dpkg-divert.8:137 dpkg-query.1:258 dpkg-statoverride.8:91 dpkg-trigger.1:82
7660 "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used "
7661 "as the dpkg data directory."
7665 #: dpkg-divert.8:141
7667 "If set and the B<--local> and B<--package> options have not been specified, "
7668 "B<dpkg-divert> will use it as the package name."
7672 #: dpkg-divert.8:143
7674 msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>"
7678 #: dpkg-divert.8:148
7680 "File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is "
7681 "located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files "
7682 "important to dpkg, such as I<status> or I<available>."
7686 #: dpkg-divert.8:151
7688 "Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension I<-"
7689 "old>, before replacing it with the new one."
7693 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:21
7695 msgid "dpkg-genchanges"
7699 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:24
7700 msgid "dpkg-genchanges - generate Debian .changes files"
7704 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:28
7706 msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<option>...]"
7707 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
7710 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:36
7712 "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
7713 "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian "
7714 "upload control file (B<.changes> file)."
7718 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:38
7720 msgid "B<-b>, B<-B>, B<-A>"
7721 msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>"
7724 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:47
7726 "Specifies that a binary-only build is taking place (no source files are to "
7727 "be included). There's no distinction between B<-b>, B<-B> and B<-A>, the "
7728 "produced B<.changes> file will include whatever files were created by the "
7729 "B<binary-*> target(s) of the package being built."
7733 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:51
7735 "Specifies that only the source should be uploaded (no binary packages will "
7740 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:56
7742 "The B<-s>I<x> options control whether the original source archive is "
7743 "included in the upload if any source is being generated (i.e. B<-b> or B<-"
7744 "B> haven't been used)."
7748 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:62
7750 "By default, or if specified, the original source will be included only if "
7751 "the upstream version number (the version without epoch and without Debian "
7752 "revision) differs from the upstream version number of the previous changelog "
7757 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:65
7758 msgid "Forces the inclusion of the original source."
7762 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:68
7763 msgid "Forces the exclusion of the original source and includes only the diff."
7767 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:74
7769 "Causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than "
7770 "I<version> to be used."
7774 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:80
7776 "Read the description of the changes from the file I<changes-description> "
7777 "rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file."
7781 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:86
7783 "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer "
7784 "for this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
7789 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:92
7791 "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer "
7792 "for this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
7797 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:92 dpkg-gencontrol.1:61 dpkg-source.1:147
7799 msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>"
7803 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:96 dpkg-source.1:151
7805 "Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for a "
7806 "discussion of output substitution."
7810 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:96 dpkg-gencontrol.1:65 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:190
7811 #: dpkg-source.1:151
7813 msgid "B<-T>I<substvars-file>"
7814 msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>"
7817 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:106
7819 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
7820 "substvars>. No variable substitution is done on any of the fields that are "
7821 "output, however the special variable I<Format> will override the field of "
7822 "the same name. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
7823 "variables from multiple files."
7827 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:107 dpkg-gencontrol.1:73 dpkg-source.1:157
7829 msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>"
7833 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:110 dpkg-gencontrol.1:76 dpkg-source.1:160
7834 msgid "Override or add an output control file field."
7838 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:110 dpkg-gencontrol.1:76 dpkg-source.1:160
7840 msgid "B<-U>I<field>"
7841 msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>"
7844 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:113 dpkg-gencontrol.1:79 dpkg-source.1:163
7845 msgid "Remove an output control file field."
7849 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:113
7851 msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>"
7852 msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>"
7855 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:118 dpkg-gencontrol.1:84
7857 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default "
7858 "is B<debian/control>."
7862 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:118 dpkg-gencontrol.1:84 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:37
7863 #: dpkg-source.1:132
7865 msgid "B<-l>I<changelog-file>"
7866 msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>"
7869 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:123 dpkg-gencontrol.1:89 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:42
7871 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is "
7872 "B<debian/changelog>."
7876 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:127
7878 "Read the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using B<debian/"
7883 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:127 dpkg-gencontrol.1:93 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:42
7884 #: dpkg-source.1:139
7886 msgid "B<-F>I<changelog-format>"
7887 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>"
7890 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:131 dpkg-gencontrol.1:97 dpkg-source.1:143
7892 "Specifies the format of the changelog. See B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1) for "
7893 "information about alternative formats."
7897 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:131
7899 msgid "B<-u>I<upload-files-dir>"
7900 msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>"
7903 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:142
7905 "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> "
7906 "(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their "
7907 "sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)."
7911 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:142 dpkg-gensymbols.1:441
7917 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:150
7919 "Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard "
7920 "error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being "
7921 "uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages."
7925 #: dpkg-genchanges.1:165
7927 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
7928 "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file."
7932 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:21
7934 msgid "dpkg-gencontrol"
7935 msgstr "deb-control"
7938 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:24
7939 msgid "dpkg-gencontrol - generate Debian control files"
7943 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:28
7945 msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<option>...]"
7946 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
7949 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:34
7951 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and "
7952 "generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/"
7953 "control); during this process it will simplify the relation fields."
7957 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:47
7959 "Thus I<Pre-Depends>, I<Depends>, I<Recommends> and I<Suggests> are "
7960 "simplified in this order by removing dependencies which are known to be true "
7961 "according to the stronger dependencies already parsed. It will also remove "
7962 "any self-dependency (in fact it will remove any dependency which evaluates "
7963 "to true given the current version of the package as installed). Logically it "
7964 "keeps the intersection of multiple dependencies on the same package. The "
7965 "order of dependencies is preserved as best as possible: if any dependency "
7966 "must be discarded due to another dependency appearing further in the field, "
7967 "the superseding dependency will take the place of the discarded one."
7971 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:52
7973 "The other relation fields (I<Enhances>, I<Conflicts>, I<Breaks>, I<Replaces> "
7974 "and I<Provides>) are also simplified individually by computing the union of "
7975 "the various dependencies when a package is listed multiple times in the "
7980 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:56
7982 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/"
7987 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:61
7988 msgid "Sets the version number of the binary package which will be generated."
7992 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:65
7994 "Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for discussion "
7995 "of output substitution."
7999 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:73
8001 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
8002 "substvars>. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
8003 "variables from multiple files."
8007 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:79 dpkg-source.1:125
8009 msgid "B<-c>I<control-file>"
8010 msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>"
8013 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:97 dpkg-gensymbols.1:392
8015 msgid "B<-p>I<package>"
8019 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:104
8021 "Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source "
8022 "control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; "
8023 "otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to "
8028 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:104
8030 msgid "B<-n>I<filename>"
8034 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:109
8036 "Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal "
8037 "package_version_arch.deb filename."
8041 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:109
8043 msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>"
8044 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
8047 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:118
8049 "These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev "
8050 "but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to "
8051 "include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the "
8052 "default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-"
8053 "U> option to delete the fields from the control file."
8057 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:118 dpkg-gensymbols.1:389
8059 msgid "B<-P>I<package-build-dir>"
8060 msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>"
8063 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:131
8065 "Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<package-build-dir> "
8066 "instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of "
8067 "the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using "
8068 "B<du>), and for the default location of the output file."
8072 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:131 dpkg-gensymbols.1:411 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:171
8078 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:140
8080 "Print the control file to standard output, rather than to B<debian/tmp/"
8081 "DEBIAN/control> (or I<package-build-dir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-P> was "
8086 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:148
8088 msgid "B<debian/control>"
8089 msgstr "deb-control"
8092 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:153
8094 "The main source control information file, giving version-independent "
8095 "information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce."
8099 #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:159
8101 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
8102 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose "
8103 "control files it generates here."
8107 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:19
8109 msgid "dpkg-gensymbols"
8110 msgstr "deb-control"
8113 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:19
8115 #| msgid "2006-02-28"
8120 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:22
8122 "dpkg-gensymbols - generate symbols files (shared library dependency "
8127 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:26
8129 msgid "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<option>...]"
8130 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
8133 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:33
8135 "B<dpkg-gensymbols> scans a temporary build tree (debian/tmp by default) "
8136 "looking for libraries and generates a I<symbols> file describing them. This "
8137 "file, if non-empty, is then installed in the DEBIAN subdirectory of the "
8138 "build tree so that it ends up included in the control information of the "
8143 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:37
8145 "When generating those files, it uses as input some symbols files provided by "
8146 "the maintainer. It looks for the following files (and uses the first that is "
8151 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:39
8152 msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
8156 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:41
8158 msgid "debian/symbols.I<arch>"
8159 msgstr "deb-control"
8162 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:43
8163 msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols"
8167 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:45
8169 msgid "debian/symbols"
8170 msgstr "deb-control"
8173 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:53
8175 "The main interest of those files is to provide the minimal version "
8176 "associated to each symbol provided by the libraries. Usually it corresponds "
8177 "to the first version of that package that provided the symbol, but it can be "
8178 "manually incremented by the maintainer if the ABI of the symbol is extended "
8179 "without breaking backwards compatibility. It's the responsibility of the "
8180 "maintainer to keep those files up-to-date and accurate, but B<dpkg-"
8181 "gensymbols> helps him."
8185 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:59
8187 "When the generated symbols files differ from the maintainer supplied one, "
8188 "B<dpkg-gensymbols> will print a diff between the two versions. Furthermore "
8189 "if the difference is too significant, it will even fail (you can customize "
8190 "how much difference you can tolerate, see the B<-c> option)."
8194 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:59
8196 msgid "MAINTAINING SYMBOLS FILES"
8200 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:72
8202 "The symbols files are really useful only if they reflect the evolution of "
8203 "the package through several releases. Thus the maintainer has to update them "
8204 "every time that a new symbol is added so that its associated minimal version "
8205 "matches reality. To do this properly he can use the diffs contained in the "
8206 "build logs. In most cases, the diff applies directly to his debian/"
8207 "I<package>.symbols file. That said, further tweaks are usually needed: it's "
8208 "recommended for example to drop the Debian revision from the minimal version "
8209 "so that backports with a lower version number but the same upstream version "
8210 "still satisfy the generated dependencies. If the Debian revision can't be "
8211 "dropped because the symbol really got added by the Debian specific change, "
8212 "then one should suffix the version with \"~\"."
8216 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:76
8218 "Before applying any patch to the symbols file, the maintainer should double-"
8219 "check that it's sane. Public symbols are not supposed to disappear, so the "
8220 "patch should ideally only add new lines."
8224 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:81
8226 "Note that you can put comments in symbols files: any line with '#' as the "
8227 "first character is a comment except if it starts with '#include' (see "
8228 "section B<Using includes>). Lines starting with '#MISSING:' are special "
8229 "comments documenting symbols that have disappeared."
8233 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:81
8235 msgid "Using #PACKAGE# substitution"
8239 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:89
8241 "In some rare cases, the name of the library varies between architectures. "
8242 "To avoid hardcoding the name of the package in the symbols file, you can use "
8243 "the marker I<#PACKAGE#>. It will be replaced by the real package name during "
8244 "installation of the symbols files. Contrary to the I<#MINVER#> marker, "
8245 "I<#PACKAGE#> will never appear in a symbols file inside a binary package."
8249 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:89
8251 msgid "Using symbol tags"
8255 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:96
8257 "Symbol tagging is useful for marking symbols that are special in some way. "
8258 "Any symbol can have an arbitrary number of tags associated with it. While "
8259 "all tags are parsed and stored, only a some of them are understood by B<dpkg-"
8260 "gensymbols> and trigger special handling of the symbols. See subsection "
8261 "B<Standard symbol tags> for reference of these tags."
8265 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:108
8267 "Tag specification comes right before the symbol name (no whitespace is "
8268 "allowed in between). It always starts with an opening bracket B<(>, ends "
8269 "with a closing bracket B<)> and must contain at least one tag. Multiple tags "
8270 "are separated by the B<|> character. Each tag can optionally have a value "
8271 "which is separated form the tag name by the B<=> character. Tag names and "
8272 "values can be arbitrary strings except they cannot contain any of the "
8273 "special B<)> B<|> B<=> characters. Symbol names following a tag "
8274 "specification can optionally be quoted with either B<'> or B<\"> characters "
8275 "to allow whitespaces in them. However, if there are no tags specified for "
8276 "the symbol, quotes are treated as part of the symbol name which continues up "
8277 "until the first space."
8281 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:112
8284 " (tag1=i am marked|tag name with space)\"tagged quoted symbol\"@Base 1.0\n"
8285 " (optional)tagged_unquoted_symbol@Base 1.0 1\n"
8286 " untagged_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
8290 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:118
8292 "The first symbol in the example is named I<tagged quoted symbol> and has two "
8293 "tags: I<tag1> with value I<i am marked> and I<tag name with space> that has "
8294 "no value. The second symbol named I<tagged_unquoted_symbol> is only tagged "
8295 "with the tag named I<optional>. The last symbol is an example of the normal "
8300 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:130
8302 "Since symbol tags are an extension of the I<deb-symbols(5)> format, they can "
8303 "only be part of the symbols files used in source packages (those files "
8304 "should then be seen as templates used to build the symbols files that are "
8305 "embedded in binary packages). When B<dpkg-gensymbols> is called without the "
8306 "I<-t> option, it will output symbols files compatible to the I<deb-symbols(5)"
8307 "> format: it fully processes symbols according to the requirements of their "
8308 "standard tags and strips all tags from the output. On the contrary, in "
8309 "template mode (I<-t>) all symbols and their tags (both standard and unknown "
8310 "ones) are kept in the output and are written in their original form as they "
8315 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:130
8317 msgid "Standard symbol tags"
8321 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:131
8324 msgstr "B<--version>"
8327 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:141
8329 "A symbol marked as optional can disappear from the library at any time and "
8330 "that will never cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. However, disappeared "
8331 "optional symbols will continuously appear as MISSING in the diff in each new "
8332 "package revision. This behaviour serves as a reminder for the maintainer "
8333 "that such a symbol needs to be removed from the symbol file or readded to "
8334 "the library. When the optional symbol, which was previously declared as "
8335 "MISSING, suddenly reappears in the next revision, it will be upgraded back "
8336 "to the \"existing\" status with its minimum version unchanged."
8340 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:146
8342 "This tag is useful for symbols which are private where their disappearance "
8343 "do not cause ABI breakage. For example, most of C++ template instantiations "
8344 "fall into this category. Like any other tag, this one may also have an "
8345 "arbitrary value: it could be used to indicate why the symbol is considered "
8350 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:146
8352 msgid "B<arch=>I<architecture list>"
8353 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
8356 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:159
8358 "This tag allows one to restrict the set of architectures where the symbol is "
8359 "supposed to exist. When the symbols list is updated with the symbols "
8360 "discovered in the library, all arch-specific symbols which do not concern "
8361 "the current host architecture are treated as if they did not exist. If an "
8362 "arch-specific symbol matching the current host architecture does not exist "
8363 "in the library, normal procedures for missing symbols apply and it may cause "
8364 "B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. On the other hand, if the arch-specific symbol "
8365 "is found when it was not supposed to exist (because the current host "
8366 "architecture is not listed in the tag), it is made arch neutral (i.e. the "
8367 "arch tag is dropped and the symbol will appear in the diff due to this "
8368 "change), but it is not considered as new."
8372 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:165
8374 "When operating in the default non-template mode, among arch-specific symbols "
8375 "only those that match the current host architecture are written to the "
8376 "symbols file. On the contrary, all arch-specific symbols (including those "
8377 "from foreign arches) are always written to the symbol file when operating in "
8382 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:172
8384 "The format of I<architecture list> is the same as the one used in the "
8385 "I<Build-Depends> field of I<debian/control> (except the enclosing square "
8386 "brackets []). For example, the first symbol from the list below will be "
8387 "considered only on alpha, any-amd64 and ia64 architectures, the second only "
8388 "on linux architectures, while the third one anywhere except on armel."
8392 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:176
8395 " (arch=alpha any-amd64 ia64)a_64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
8396 " (arch=linux-any)linux_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
8397 " (arch=!armel)symbol_armel_does_not_have@Base 1.0\n"
8401 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:176
8403 msgid "B<ignore-blacklist>"
8404 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
8407 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:184
8409 "dpkg-gensymbols has an internal blacklist of symbols that should not appear "
8410 "in symbols files as they are usually only side-effects of implementation "
8411 "details of the toolchain. If for some reason, you really want one of those "
8412 "symbols to be included in the symbols file, you should tag the symbol with "
8413 "B<ignore-blacklist>. It can be necessary for some low level toolchain "
8414 "libraries like libgcc."
8418 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:184 dpkg-gensymbols.1:221
8424 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:188
8426 "Denotes I<c++> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection below."
8430 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:188 dpkg-gensymbols.1:252
8436 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:192
8438 "Denotes I<symver> (symbol version) symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol "
8439 "patterns> subsection below."
8443 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:192 dpkg-gensymbols.1:277
8449 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:196
8451 "Denotes I<regex> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection "
8456 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:196
8458 msgid "Using symbol patterns"
8462 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:204
8464 "Unlike a standard symbol specification, a pattern may cover multiple real "
8465 "symbols from the library. B<dpkg-gensymbols> will attempt to match each "
8466 "pattern against each real symbol that does I<not> have a specific symbol "
8467 "counterpart defined in the symbol file. Whenever the first matching pattern "
8468 "is found, all its tags and properties will be used as a basis specification "
8469 "of the symbol. If none of the patterns matches, the symbol will be "
8470 "considered as new."
8474 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:212
8476 "A pattern is considered lost if it does not match any symbol in the library. "
8477 "By default this will trigger a B<dpkg-gensymbols> failure under I<-c1> or "
8478 "higher level. However, if the failure is undesired, the pattern may be "
8479 "marked with the I<optional> tag. Then if the pattern does not match "
8480 "anything, it will only appear in the diff as MISSING. Moreover, like any "
8481 "symbol, the pattern may be limited to the specific architectures with the "
8482 "I<arch> tag. Please refer to B<Standard symbol tags> subsection above for "
8487 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:219
8489 "Patterns are an extension of the I<deb-symbols(5)> format hence they are "
8490 "only valid in symbol file templates. Pattern specification syntax is not any "
8491 "different from the one of a specific symbol. However, symbol name part of "
8492 "the specification serves as an expression to be matched against "
8493 "I<name@version> of the real symbol. In order to distinguish among different "
8494 "pattern types, a pattern will typically be tagged with a special tag."
8498 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:221
8499 msgid "At the moment, B<dpkg-gensymbols> supports three basic pattern types:"
8503 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:233
8505 "This pattern is denoted by the I<c++> tag. It matches only C++ symbols by "
8506 "their demangled symbol name (as emitted by B<c++filt>(1) utility). This "
8507 "pattern is very handy for matching symbols which mangled names might vary "
8508 "across different architectures while their demangled names remain the same. "
8509 "One group of such symbols is I<non-virtual thunks> which have architecture "
8510 "specific offsets embedded in their mangled names. A common instance of this "
8511 "case is a virtual destructor which under diamond inheritance needs a non-"
8512 "virtual thunk symbol. For example, even if _ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on "
8513 "32bit architectures will probably be _ZThn16_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 64bit "
8514 "ones, it can be matched with a single I<c++> pattern:"
8518 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:239
8521 "libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
8523 " (c++)\"non-virtual thunk to NSB::ClassD::~ClassD()@Base\" 1.0\n"
8528 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:241
8530 "The demangled name above can be obtained by executing the following command:"
8534 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:243
8536 msgid " $ echo '_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base' | c++filt\n"
8540 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:251
8542 "Please note that while mangled name is unique in the library by definition, "
8543 "this is not necessarily true for demangled names. A couple of distinct real "
8544 "symbols may have the same demangled name. For example, that's the case with "
8545 "non-virtual thunk symbols in complex inheritance configurations or with most "
8546 "constructors and destructors (since g++ typically generates two real symbols "
8547 "for them). However, as these collisions happen on the ABI level, they should "
8548 "not degrade quality of the symbol file."
8552 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:258
8554 "This pattern is denoted by the I<symver> tag. Well maintained libraries have "
8555 "versioned symbols where each version corresponds to the upstream version "
8556 "where the symbol got added. If that's the case, you can use a I<symver> "
8557 "pattern to match any symbol associated to the specific version. For example:"
8561 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:265
8564 "libc.so.6 libc6 #MINVER#\n"
8565 " (symver)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\n"
8567 " (symver)GLIBC_2.7 2.7\n"
8568 " access@GLIBC_2.0 2.2\n"
8572 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:271
8574 "All symbols associated with versions GLIBC_2.0 and GLIBC_2.7 will lead to "
8575 "minimal version of 2.0 and 2.7 respectively with the exception of the symbol "
8576 "access@GLIBC_2.0. The latter will lead to a minimal dependency on libc6 "
8577 "version 2.2 despite being in the scope of the \"(symver)GLIBC_2.0\" pattern "
8578 "because specific symbols take precedence over patterns."
8582 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:276
8584 "Please note that while old style wildcard patterns (denoted by \"*@version\" "
8585 "in the symbol name field) are still supported, they have been deprecated by "
8586 "new style syntax \"(symver|optional)version\". For example, \"*@GLIBC_2.0 "
8587 "2.0\" should be written as \"(symver|optional)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\" if the same "
8588 "behaviour is needed."
8592 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:284
8594 "Regular expression patterns are denoted by the I<regex> tag. They match by "
8595 "the perl regular expression specified in the symbol name field. A regular "
8596 "expression is matched as it is, therefore do not forget to start it with the "
8597 "I<^> character or it may match any part of the real symbol I<name@version> "
8598 "string. For example:"
8602 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:289
8605 "libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
8606 " (regex)\"^mystack_.*@Base$\" 1.0\n"
8607 " (regex|optional)\"private\" 1.0\n"
8611 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:294
8613 "Symbols like \"mystack_new@Base\", \"mystack_push@Base\", \"mystack_pop@Base"
8614 "\" etc. will be matched by the first pattern while e.g. "
8615 "\"ng_mystack_new@Base\" won't. The second pattern will match all symbols "
8616 "having the string \"private\" in their names and matches will inherit "
8617 "I<optional> tag from the pattern."
8621 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:299
8623 "Basic patterns listed above can be combined where it makes sense. In that "
8624 "case, they are processed in the order in which the tags are specified. For "
8629 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:302
8632 " (c++|regex)\"^NSA::ClassA::Private::privmethod\\ed\\e(int\\e)@Base\" 1.0\n"
8633 " (regex|c++)N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base 1.0\n"
8637 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:312
8639 "will match symbols \"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod1Ei@Base\" and "
8640 "\"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod2Ei@Base\". When matching the first "
8641 "pattern, the raw symbol is first demangled as C++ symbol, then the demangled "
8642 "name is matched against the regular expression. On the other hand, when "
8643 "matching the second pattern, regular expression is matched against the raw "
8644 "symbol name, then the symbol is tested if it is C++ one by attempting to "
8645 "demangle it. A failure of any basic pattern will result in the failure of "
8646 "the whole pattern. Therefore, for example, "
8647 "\"__N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base\" will not match either of "
8648 "the patterns because it is not a valid C++ symbol."
8652 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:318
8654 "In general, all patterns are divided into two groups: aliases (basic I<c++> "
8655 "and I<symver>) and generic patterns (I<regex>, all combinations of multiple "
8656 "basic patterns). Matching of basic alias-based patterns is fast (O(1)) "
8657 "while generic patterns are O(N) (N - generic pattern count) for each "
8658 "symbol. Therefore, it is recommended not to overuse generic patterns."
8662 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:325
8664 "When multiple patterns match the same real symbol, aliases (first I<c++>, "
8665 "then I<symver>) are preferred over generic patterns. Generic patterns are "
8666 "matched in the order they are found in the symbol file template until the "
8667 "first success. Please note, however, that manual reordering of template "
8668 "file entries is not recommended because B<dpkg-gensymbols> generates diffs "
8669 "based on the alphanumerical order of their names."
8673 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:325
8675 msgid "Using includes"
8679 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:330
8681 "When the set of exported symbols differ between architectures, it may become "
8682 "inefficient to use a single symbol file. In those cases, an include "
8683 "directive may prove to be useful in a couple of ways:"
8687 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:334
8689 "You can factorize the common part in some external file and include that "
8690 "file in your I<package>.symbols.I<arch> file by using an include directive "
8695 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:336
8696 msgid "#include \"I<packages>.symbols.common\""
8700 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:338
8701 msgid "The include directive may also be tagged like any symbol:"
8705 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:340
8706 msgid "(tag|...|tagN)#include \"file-to-include\""
8710 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:345
8712 "As a result, all symbols included from I<file-to-include> will be considered "
8713 "to be tagged with I<tag> ... I<tagN> by default. You can use this feature to "
8714 "create a common I<package>.symbols file which includes architecture specific "
8719 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:350
8722 " common_symbol1@Base 1.0\n"
8723 " (arch=amd64 ia64 alpha)#include \"package.symbols.64bit\"\n"
8724 " (arch=!amd64 !ia64 !alpha)#include \"package.symbols.32bit\"\n"
8725 " common_symbol2@Base 1.0\n"
8729 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:359
8731 "The symbols files are read line by line, and include directives are "
8732 "processed as soon as they are encountered. This means that the content of "
8733 "the included file can override any content that appeared before the include "
8734 "directive and that any content after the directive can override anything "
8735 "contained in the included file. Any symbol (or even another #include "
8736 "directive) in the included file can specify additional tags or override "
8737 "values of the inherited tags in its tag specification. However, there is no "
8738 "way for the symbol to remove any of the inherited tags."
8742 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:364
8744 "An included file can repeat the header line containing the SONAME of the "
8745 "library. In that case, it overrides any header line previously read. "
8746 "However, in general it's best to avoid duplicating header lines. One way to "
8747 "do it is the following:"
8751 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:367
8754 "#include \"libsomething1.symbols.common\"\n"
8755 " arch_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
8759 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:367
8761 msgid "Good library management"
8765 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:370
8766 msgid "A well-maintained library has the following features:"
8770 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:374
8772 "its API is stable (public symbols are never dropped, only new public symbols "
8773 "are added) and changes in incompatible ways only when the SONAME changes;"
8777 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:377
8779 "ideally, it uses symbol versioning to achieve ABI stability despite internal "
8780 "changes and API extension;"
8784 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:380
8786 "it doesn't export private symbols (such symbols can be tagged optional as "
8791 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:388
8793 "While maintaining the symbols file, it's easy to notice appearance and "
8794 "disappearance of symbols. But it's more difficult to catch incompatible API "
8795 "and ABI change. Thus the maintainer should read thoroughly the upstream "
8796 "changelog looking for cases where the rules of good library management have "
8797 "been broken. If potential problems are discovered, the upstream author "
8798 "should be notified as an upstream fix is always better than a Debian "
8799 "specific work-around."
8803 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:392
8804 msgid "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of debian/tmp."
8808 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:396
8810 "Define the package name. Required if more than one binary package is listed "
8811 "in debian/control (or if there's no debian/control file)."
8815 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:400
8817 "Define the package version. Defaults to the version extracted from debian/"
8818 "changelog. Required if called outside of a source package tree."
8822 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:400
8824 msgid "B<-e>I<library-file>"
8825 msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>"
8828 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:407
8830 "Only analyze libraries explicitly listed instead of finding all public "
8831 "libraries. You can use shell patterns used for pathname expansions (see the "
8832 "File::Glob manual page for details) in I<library-file> to match multiple "
8833 "libraries with a single argument (otherwise you need multiple B<-e>)."
8837 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:407
8839 msgid "B<-I>I<filename>"
8840 msgstr "B<--licence>"
8843 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:411
8845 "Use I<filename> as reference file to generate the symbols file that is "
8846 "integrated in the package itself."
8850 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:415
8852 "Print the generated symbols file to standard output, rather than being "
8853 "stored in the package build tree."
8857 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:415
8859 msgid "B<-O>I<filename>"
8860 msgstr "B<--licence>"
8863 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:421
8865 "Store the generated symbols file as I<filename>. If I<filename> is pre-"
8866 "existing, its content is used as basis for the generated symbols file. You "
8867 "can use this feature to update a symbols file so that it matches a newer "
8868 "upstream version of your library."
8872 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:421
8878 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:430
8880 "Write the symbol file in template mode rather than the format compatible "
8881 "with I<deb-symbols(5)>. The main difference is that in the template mode "
8882 "symbol names and tags are written in their original form contrary to the "
8883 "post-processed symbol names with tags stripped in the compatibility mode. "
8884 "Moreover, some symbols might be omitted when writing a standard I<deb-symbols"
8885 "(5)> file (according to the tag processing rules) while all symbols are "
8886 "always written to the symbol file template."
8890 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:430
8892 msgid "B<-c>I<[0-4]>"
8893 msgstr "B<--version>"
8896 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:438
8898 "Define the checks to do when comparing the generated symbols file with the "
8899 "template file used as starting point. By default the level is 1. Increasing "
8900 "levels do more checks and include all checks of lower levels. Level 0 never "
8901 "fails. Level 1 fails if some symbols have disappeared. Level 2 fails if some "
8902 "new symbols have been introduced. Level 3 fails if some libraries have "
8903 "disappeared. Level 4 fails if some libraries have been introduced."
8907 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:441
8909 "This value can be overridden by the environment variable "
8910 "DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL."
8914 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:447
8916 "Keep quiet and never generate a diff between generated symbols file and the "
8917 "template file used as starting point or show any warnings about new/lost "
8918 "libraries or new/lost symbols. This option only disables informational "
8919 "output but not the checks themselves (see I<-c> option)."
8923 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:447
8925 msgid "B<-a>I<arch>"
8926 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>"
8929 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:452
8931 "Assume I<arch> as host architecture when processing symbol files. Use this "
8932 "option to generate a symbol file or diff for any architecture provided its "
8933 "binaries are already available."
8937 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:457
8939 "Enable debug mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what B<dpkg-"
8944 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:457
8950 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:463
8952 "Enable verbose mode. The generated symbols file contains deprecated symbols "
8953 "as comments. Furthermore in template mode, pattern symbols are followed by "
8954 "comments listing real symbols that have matched the pattern."
8958 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:472
8959 msgid "B<http://people.redhat.com/drepper/symbol-versioning>"
8963 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:474
8964 msgid "B<http://people.redhat.com/drepper/goodpractice.pdf>"
8968 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:476
8969 msgid "B<http://people.redhat.com/drepper/dsohowto.pdf>"
8973 #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:478
8975 msgid "B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)."
8976 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
8979 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:18
8981 msgid "dpkg-maintscript-helper"
8985 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:21
8987 "dpkg-maintscript-helper - works around known dpkg limitations in maintainer "
8992 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:25
8994 "B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<command> [I<parameter>...] B<--> I<maint-script-"
8999 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:26
9001 msgid "COMMANDS AND PARAMETERS"
9005 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:29
9006 msgid "B<rm_conffile> I<conffile> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
9010 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:31
9012 "B<mv_conffile> I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> [I<prior-version> "
9017 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:37
9019 "This program is designed to be run within maintainer scripts to achieve some "
9020 "tasks that dpkg can't (yet) handle natively either because of design "
9021 "decisions or due to current limitations."
9025 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:44
9027 "Many of those tasks require coordinated actions from several maintainer "
9028 "scripts (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). To avoid mistakes "
9029 "the same call simply needs to be put in all scripts and the program will "
9030 "automatically adapt its behaviour based on the environment variable "
9031 "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME> and on the maintainer scripts arguments that you "
9032 "have to forward after a double dash."
9036 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:45
9038 msgid "CONFFILE RELATED TASKS"
9042 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:55
9044 "When upgrading a package, dpkg will not automatically remove a conffile (a "
9045 "configuration file for which dpkg should preserve user changes) if it is not "
9046 "present in the newer version. There are two principal reasons for this; the "
9047 "first is that the conffile could've been dropped by accident and the next "
9048 "version could restore it, users wouldn't want their changes thrown away. The "
9049 "second is to allow packages to transition files from a dpkg-maintained "
9050 "conffile to a file maintained by the package's maintainer scripts, usually "
9051 "with a tool like debconf or ucf."
9055 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:60
9057 "This means that if a package is intended to rename or remove a conffile, it "
9058 "must explicitly do so and B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> can be used to "
9059 "implement graceful deletion and moving of conffiles within maintainer "
9064 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:61
9066 msgid "REMOVING A CONFFILE"
9070 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:67
9072 "If a conffile is completely removed, it should be removed from disk, unless "
9073 "the user has modified it. If there are local modifications, they should be "
9074 "preserved. If the package upgrades aborts, the newly obsolete conffile "
9075 "should not disappear."
9079 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:70
9081 "All of this is implemented by putting the following shell snippet in the "
9082 "B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
9086 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:73
9089 " dpkg-maintscript-helper rm_conffile \\e\n"
9090 " I<conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
9094 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:75
9095 msgid "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove."
9099 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:84
9101 "I<prior-version> defines the latest version of the package whose upgrade "
9102 "should trigger the removal. It is important to calculate I<prior-version> "
9103 "correctly so that conffiles are correctly removed even if the user rebuilt "
9104 "the package with a local version. For example, for a conffile removed in "
9105 "version B<2.0-1> of a package, I<prior-version> should be set to B<2.0-1~>. "
9106 "This will cause the conffile to be removed even if the user rebuilt the "
9107 "previous version B<1.0-1> as B<1.0-1local1>."
9111 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:90
9113 "If the conffile has not been shipped for several versions, and you are now "
9114 "modifying the maintainer scripts to clean up the obsolete file, I<prior-"
9115 "version> should be based on the version of the package that you are now "
9116 "preparing, not the first version of the package that lacked the conffile."
9120 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:93 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:132
9122 "I<package> is the package name. If empty or omitted, the "
9123 "DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE environment variable (as set by dpkg) will be used."
9127 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:96 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:135
9129 "All the parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be forwarded to the "
9130 "program after \"--\"."
9134 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:105
9136 "Current implementation: in the B<preinst>, it checks if the conffile was "
9137 "modified and renames it either to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> (if not "
9138 "modified) or to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-backup> (if modified). In the "
9139 "B<postinst>, the latter file is renamed to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-bak> and kept "
9140 "for reference as it contains user modifications but the former will be "
9141 "removed. If the package upgrade aborts, the B<postrm> reinstalls the "
9142 "original conffile. During purge, the B<postrm> will also delete the B<.dpkg-"
9143 "bak> file kept up to now."
9147 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:106
9149 msgid "RENAMING A CONFFILE"
9153 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:113
9155 "If a conffile is moved from one location to another, you need to make sure "
9156 "you move across any changes the user has made. This may seem a simple change "
9157 "to the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in the user "
9158 "being prompted by dpkg to approve the conffile edits even though they are "
9159 "not responsible of them."
9163 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:117
9165 "Graceful renaming can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet "
9166 "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
9170 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:120
9173 " dpkg-maintscript-helper mv_conffile \\e\n"
9174 " I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
9178 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:123
9180 "I<old-conffile> and I<new-conffile> are the old and new name of the conffile "
9185 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:129
9187 "I<prior-version> defines the latest version of the package whose upgrade "
9188 "should trigger the rename of the conffile (see the notes for B<rm_conffile> "
9189 "above concerning the correct value). If I<prior-version> is empty or "
9190 "omitted, then the operation is tried on every upgrade (note: it's safer to "
9191 "give the version and have the operation tried only once)."
9195 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:143
9197 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the conffile has been "
9198 "modified, if yes it's left on place otherwise it's renamed to I<old-"
9199 "conffile>B<.dpkg-remove>. On configuration, the B<postinst> removes I<old-"
9200 "conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> and renames I<old-conffile> to I<new-conffile> if "
9201 "I<old-conffile> is still available. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the "
9202 "B<postrm> renames I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> back to I<old-conffile> if "
9207 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:144
9209 msgid "INTEGRATION IN PACKAGES"
9213 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:151
9215 "Given that B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> is used in the B<preinst>, using it "
9216 "unconditionally requires a pre-dependency to ensure that the required "
9217 "version of dpkg has been unpacked before. The required version depends on "
9218 "the command used, for B<rm_conffile> and B<mv_conffile> it is 1.15.7.2:"
9222 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:153
9224 #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
9225 msgid " B<Pre-Depends:> dpkg (E<gt>= 1.15.7.2)\n"
9226 msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
9229 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:158
9231 "But in many cases the operation done by the program is not critical for the "
9232 "package, and instead of using a pre-dependency we can call the program only "
9233 "if we know that the required command is supported by the currently installed "
9238 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:161
9241 " if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports I<command>; then\n"
9242 " dpkg-maintscript-helper I<command> ...\n"
9247 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:18
9249 msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs"
9253 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:21
9254 msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs - 3-way merge of debian/changelog files"
9258 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:25
9261 "B<dpkg-mergechangelogs> [I<option>...] I<old> I<new-a> I<new-b> [I<out>]"
9262 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
9265 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:32
9267 "This program will use the 3 provided versions of the Debian changelog to "
9268 "generate a merged changelog file. The resulting changelog is stored in the "
9269 "file I<out> or output to the standard output if that parameter is not given."
9273 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:43
9275 "Each entry is identified by its version number and they are assumed to be "
9276 "not conflicting, they are simply merged in the right order (by decreasing "
9277 "version number). When B<--merge-prereleases> is used, the part of the "
9278 "version number after the last tilde is dropped so that 1.0-1~exp1 and "
9279 "1.0-1~exp5 are considered to be the same entry. When the same version is "
9280 "available in both I<new-a> and I<new-b>, a standard line-based 3-way merge "
9281 "is attempted (provided that the module Algorithm::Merge is available \\[em] "
9282 "it's part of the package libalgorithm-merge-perl \\[em] otherwise you get a "
9283 "global conflict on the content of the entry)."
9287 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:45
9289 msgid "B<--merge-prereleases>, B<-m>"
9293 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:50
9295 "Drop the part after the last tilde in the version number when doing version "
9296 "comparison to identify if two entries are supposed to be the same or not."
9300 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:55
9302 "This is useful when you keep using the same changelog entry but you increase "
9303 "its version number regularly. For instance, you might have 2.3-1~exp1, "
9304 "2.3-1~exp2, ... until the official release 2.3-1 and they are all the same "
9305 "changelog entry that has evolved over time."
9309 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:62
9312 msgstr "MŰVELETI LEHETŐSÉGEK"
9315 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:67
9317 "Anything that is not parsed by Dpkg::Changelog is lost during the merge. "
9318 "This might include stuff like vim modelines, comments which were not "
9319 "supposed to be there, etc."
9323 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:68
9325 msgid "INTEGRATION WITH GIT"
9329 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:73
9331 "If you want to use this program to merge Debian changelog files in a git "
9332 "repository, you have first to register a new merge driver in B<.git/config> "
9333 "or B<~/.gitconfig>:"
9337 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:77
9340 " [merge \"dpkg-mergechangelogs\"]\n"
9341 " name = debian/changelog merge driver\n"
9342 " driver = dpkg-mergechangelogs -m %O %A %B %A\n"
9346 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:81
9348 "Then you have to setup the merge attribute for the debian/changelog file "
9349 "either in B<.gitattributes> in the repository itself, or in B<.git/info/"
9354 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:82
9356 msgid " debian/changelog merge=dpkg-mergechangelogs\n"
9373 msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names"
9379 msgid "B<dpkg-name> [I<option>...] [B<-->] I<file>..."
9380 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
9385 "This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> program which provides an easy "
9386 "way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full "
9387 "package name consists of I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<."
9388 ">I<package-type> as specified in the control file of the package. The "
9389 "I<version> part of the filename consists of the upstream version information "
9390 "optionally followed by a hyphen and the revision information. The I<package-"
9391 "type> part comes from that field if present or fallbacks to B<deb>."
9397 msgid "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>"
9398 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
9402 msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information."
9408 msgid "B<-k>, B<--symlink>"
9409 msgstr "B<--version>"
9413 msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving."
9419 msgid "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>"
9420 msgstr "B<--version>"
9425 "Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the "
9426 "destination filename."
9432 msgid "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I<dir>]"
9433 msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>"
9438 "Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument "
9439 "exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the "
9440 "target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of "
9441 "the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-I<architecture>/"
9442 "I<section>'. If the section is not found in the control, then `no-section' "
9443 "is assumed, and in this case, as well as for sections `non-free' and "
9444 "`contrib' the target directory is `I<section>/binary-I<architecture>'. The "
9445 "section field isn't required so a lot of packages will find their way to the "
9446 "`no-section' area. Use this option with care, it's messy."
9452 msgid "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>"
9453 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
9458 "This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory "
9459 "isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>"
9465 msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>"
9466 msgstr "B<--version>"
9471 msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
9477 "The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or "
9478 "something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part "
9479 "of `bar-foo.deb')."
9485 msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
9491 "All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its "
9492 "subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no "
9493 "architecture information."
9499 msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
9505 "B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of "
9506 "packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>"
9512 msgid "B<dpkg-deb --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
9517 msgid "This can be used when building new packages."
9523 "Some packages don't follow the name structure "
9524 "I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.deb>. Packages renamed by "
9525 "dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no impact on "
9526 "how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/B<dpkg>(1), but other "
9527 "installation tools might depend on this naming structure."
9534 "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), "
9536 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
9539 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:22
9541 msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog"
9545 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:25
9546 msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog - parse Debian changelog files"
9550 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:29
9552 msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<option>...]"
9553 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
9556 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:35
9558 "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian "
9559 "source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a "
9560 "machine-readable form."
9564 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:48
9566 "Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a "
9567 "special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to "
9568 "the I<debian> standard format. See also B<CHANGELOG FORMATS>."
9572 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:48
9574 msgid "B<-L>I<libdir>"
9575 msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>"
9578 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:55
9580 "Specify an additional directory to search for parser scripts. This "
9581 "directory is searched before the default directories which are currently B</"
9582 "usr/local/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog> and B</usr/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog>."
9586 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:61
9588 msgid "Parser Options"
9592 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:66
9594 "The following options can be used to influence the output of the changelog "
9595 "parser, e.g. the range of entries or the format of the output. They need to "
9596 "be supported by the parser script in question. See also B<CAVEATS>."
9600 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:66
9602 msgid "B<--format>I< output-format>"
9603 msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>"
9606 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:75
9608 "Set the output format. Currently supported values are I<dpkg> and "
9609 "I<rfc822>. I<dpkg> is the classic output format (from before this option "
9610 "existed) and the default. It consists of one paragraph in Debian control "
9611 "format (see B<deb-control>(5)). If more than one entry is requested, then "
9612 "most fields are taken from the most recent entry, except otherwise stated:"
9616 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:76
9618 msgid "B<Source:>I< pkg-name>"
9619 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>forrás névE<gt>"
9622 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:78
9624 msgid "B<Version:>I< version>"
9625 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>verzióE<gt>"
9628 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:80
9630 msgid "B<Distribution:>I< target-distribution>"
9631 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>rövid leírásE<gt>"
9634 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:82
9636 msgid "B<Urgency:>I< urgency>"
9637 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
9640 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:86
9642 "The highest urgency of all included entries is used, followed by the "
9643 "concatenated (space-separated) comments from all the versions requested."
9647 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:86
9649 msgid "B<Maintainer:>I< author>"
9650 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>teljes.név emailE<gt>"
9653 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:88
9655 msgid "B<Date:>I< date>"
9656 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
9659 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:90
9661 msgid "B<Closes:>I< bug-number>"
9662 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>forrás névE<gt>"
9665 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:93
9666 msgid "The Closes fields of all included entries are merged."
9670 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:93
9672 msgid "B<Changes:>I< changelog-entries>"
9673 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>"
9676 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:100
9678 "The text of all changelog entries is concatenated. To make this field a "
9679 "valid Debian control format multiline field empty lines are replaced with a "
9680 "single full stop and all lines is intended by one space character. The exact "
9681 "content depends on the changelog format."
9685 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:104
9687 "The B<Version>, B<Distribution>, B<Urgency>, B<Maintainer> and B<Changes> "
9688 "fields are mandatory."
9692 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:106
9693 msgid "There might be additional user-defined fields present."
9697 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:110
9699 "The B<rfc822> format uses the same fields but outputs a separate paragraph "
9700 "for each changelog entry so that all metadata for each entry is preserved."
9704 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:110
9706 msgid "B<--since> I<version>, B<-s>I<version>,B< -v>I<version>"
9707 msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>"
9710 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:113
9711 msgid "include all changes later than I<version>."
9715 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:113
9717 msgid "B<--until> I<version>, B<-u>I<version>"
9718 msgstr "B<--version>"
9721 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:116
9722 msgid "include all changes earlier than I<version>."
9726 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:116
9728 msgid "B<--from> I<version>, B<-f>I<version>"
9729 msgstr "B<--version>"
9732 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:119
9733 msgid "include all changes equal or later than I<version>."
9737 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:119
9739 msgid "B<--to> I<version>, B<-t>I<version>"
9740 msgstr "B<--version>"
9743 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:122
9744 msgid "include all changes up to or equal than I<version>."
9748 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:122
9750 msgid "B<--count> I<number>, B<-c>I<number>, B<-n>I<number>"
9751 msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>"
9754 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:126
9756 "include I<number> entries from the top (or the tail if I<number> is lower "
9761 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:126
9763 msgid "B<--offset> I<number>, B<-o>I<number>"
9764 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
9767 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:130
9769 "change the starting point for --count, counted from the top (or the tail if "
9770 "I<number> is lower than 0)."
9774 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:130 update-alternatives.8:285
9780 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:134
9782 "include all changes. Note: other options have no effect when this is in use."
9786 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:135
9788 msgid "CHANGELOG FORMATS"
9792 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:138
9794 "It is possible to use a different format to the standard one, by providing a "
9795 "parser for that alternative format."
9799 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:143
9801 "In order to have B<dpkg-parsechangelog> run the new parser, a line must be "
9802 "included within the last 40 lines of the changelog file, matching the Perl "
9803 "regular expression: \\(lqB<\\eschangelog-format:\\es+([0-9a-z]+)\\eW>\\(rq. "
9804 "The part in parentheses should be the name of the format. For example:"
9808 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:145
9810 msgid " @@@ changelog-format: I<otherformat> @@@\n"
9814 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:147
9815 msgid "Changelog format names are non-empty strings of alphanumerics."
9819 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:154
9821 "If such a line exists then B<dpkg-parsechangelog> will look for the parser "
9822 "as B</usr/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog/>I<otherformat> or B</usr/local/lib/dpkg/"
9823 "parsechangelog/>I<otherformat>; it is an error for it not being present or "
9824 "not being an executable program. The default changelog format is B<debian>, "
9825 "and a parser for it is provided by default."
9829 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:160
9831 "The parser will be invoked with the changelog open on standard input at the "
9832 "start of the file. It should read the file (it may seek if it wishes) to "
9833 "determine the information required and return the parsed information to "
9834 "standard output in the format specified by the B<--format> option. It "
9835 "should accept all B<Parser Options>."
9839 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:164
9841 "If the changelog format which is being parsed always or almost always leaves "
9842 "a blank line between individual change notes, these blank lines should be "
9843 "stripped out, so as to make the resulting output compact."
9847 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:168
9849 "If the changelog format does not contain date or package name information "
9850 "this information should be omitted from the output. The parser should not "
9851 "attempt to synthesize it or find it from other sources."
9855 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:172
9857 "If the changelog does not have the expected format the parser should exit "
9858 "with a nonzero exit status, rather than trying to muddle through and "
9859 "possibly generating incorrect output."
9863 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:174
9864 msgid "A changelog parser may not interact with the user at all."
9868 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:180
9870 "All B<Parser Options> except for -v are only supported in B<dpkg>, version "
9871 "1.14.16 and later. Third party parsers for changelog formats other than "
9872 "I<debian> might not support all options."
9876 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:182
9878 msgid "B<debian/changelog>"
9882 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:187
9884 "The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the "
9885 "source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the "
9886 "changes made since a particular release, and the source version number "
9898 msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database"
9903 msgid "B<dpkg-query> [I<option>...] I<command>"
9909 "B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the "
9916 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
9917 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-mező-név> ...]"
9922 "List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is "
9923 "given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones "
9924 "marked as not-installed (i.e. those which have been previously purged). "
9925 "Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-name-pattern>. Please note "
9926 "you will probably have to quote I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell "
9927 "from performing filename expansion. For example this will list all package "
9928 "names starting with ``libc6'':"
9934 msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n"
9940 "The first three columns of the output show the desired action, the package "
9941 "status, and errors, in that order."
9946 msgid "Desired action:"
9962 msgid "Package status:"
9969 " n = Not-installed\n"
9970 " c = Config-files\n"
9971 " H = Half-installed\n"
9973 " F = Half-configured\n"
9974 " W = Triggers-awaiting\n"
9975 " t = Triggers-pending\n"
9981 msgid "Error flags:"
9988 " E<lt>emptyE<gt> = (none)\n"
9989 " R = Reinst-required\n"
9995 "An uppercase status or error letter indicates the package is likely to cause "
9996 "severe problems. Please refer to B<dpkg>(1) for information about the above "
10000 #. type: Plain text
10003 "The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies "
10004 "automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, "
10005 "and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--"
10006 "showformat> for a way to configure the output format."
10012 msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
10013 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
10015 #. type: Plain text
10018 "Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the "
10019 "given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--"
10020 "showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching "
10021 "package, each line having the name (extended with the architecture qualifier "
10022 "for I<Multi-Arch> B<same> packages) and installed version of the package, "
10023 "separated by a tab."
10029 msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>..."
10030 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
10032 #. type: Plain text
10033 #: dpkg-query.1:102
10035 "Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the "
10036 "installed package status database. When multiple I<package-name> are listed, "
10037 "the requested status entries are separated by an empty line, with the same "
10038 "order as specified on the argument list."
10042 #: dpkg-query.1:102
10044 msgid "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>..."
10045 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-mező-név> ...]"
10047 #. type: Plain text
10048 #: dpkg-query.1:109
10050 "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>. When multiple "
10051 "I<package-name> are listed, the requested lists of files are separated by an "
10052 "empty line, with the same order as specified on the argument list. However, "
10053 "note that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not "
10058 #: dpkg-query.1:109
10060 msgid "B<--control-list> I<package-name>"
10061 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-mező-név> ...]"
10063 #. type: Plain text
10064 #: dpkg-query.1:113
10066 "List control files installed to your system from I<package-name>. These can "
10067 "be used as input arguments to B<--control-show>."
10071 #: dpkg-query.1:113
10073 msgid "B<--control-show> I<package-name> I<control-file>"
10074 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-fájl-név> ..]"
10076 #. type: Plain text
10077 #: dpkg-query.1:117
10079 "Print the I<control-file> installed to your system from I<package-name> to "
10080 "the standard output."
10084 #: dpkg-query.1:117
10086 msgid "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<package-name> [I<control-file>]"
10087 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-fájl-név> ..]"
10089 #. type: Plain text
10090 #: dpkg-query.1:123
10092 "List paths for control files installed to your system from I<package-name>. "
10093 "If I<control-file> is specified then only list the path for that control "
10094 "file if it is present. B<Warning>: this command is deprecated, please switch "
10095 "to use B<--control-list> and B<--control-show> instead."
10099 #: dpkg-query.1:123
10101 msgid "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>..."
10102 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-mező-név> ...]"
10104 #. type: Plain text
10105 #: dpkg-query.1:129
10107 "Search for packages that own files corresponding to the given pattern. "
10108 "Standard shell wildchars can be used in the pattern. This command will not "
10109 "list extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor will it list "
10114 #: dpkg-query.1:129
10116 msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>..."
10117 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-fájl-név> ..]"
10119 #. type: Plain text
10120 #: dpkg-query.1:135
10122 "Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/"
10123 "available>. When multiple I<package-name> are listed, the requested "
10124 "I<available> entries are separated by an empty line, with the same order as "
10125 "specified on the argument list."
10128 #. type: Plain text
10129 #: dpkg-query.1:140
10131 "Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> "
10132 "instead as the I<available> file is only kept up-to-date when using "
10137 #: dpkg-query.1:152
10139 msgid "B<--load-avail>"
10142 #. type: Plain text
10143 #: dpkg-query.1:156
10145 "Also load the available file when using the B<--show> and B<--list> "
10146 "commands, which now default to only querying the status file."
10150 #: dpkg-query.1:156
10152 msgid "B<-f>, B<--showformat=>I<format>"
10153 msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>"
10155 #. type: Plain text
10156 #: dpkg-query.1:163
10157 msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:"
10160 #. type: Plain text
10161 #: dpkg-query.1:168
10164 " B<\\en> newline\n"
10165 " B<\\er> carriage return\n"
10169 #. type: Plain text
10170 #: dpkg-query.1:173
10172 "\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning "
10173 "of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<"
10177 #. type: Plain text
10178 #: dpkg-query.1:181
10180 "Package information can be included by inserting variable references to "
10181 "package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. "
10182 "Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case "
10183 "left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognized but they "
10184 "are not necessarily available in the status file (only internal fields or "
10185 "fields stored in the binary package end up in it):"
10188 #. type: Plain text
10189 #: dpkg-query.1:216
10192 " B<Architecture>\n"
10194 " B<Conffiles> (internal)\n"
10195 " B<Config-Version> (internal)\n"
10199 " B<Description>\n"
10202 " B<Filename> (internal, front-end related)\n"
10204 " B<Installed-Size>\n"
10205 " B<MD5sum> (internal, front-end related)\n"
10206 " B<MSDOS-Filename> (internal, front-end related)\n"
10210 " B<Pre-Depends>\n"
10215 " B<Revision> (obsolete)\n"
10217 " B<Size> (internal, front-end related)\n"
10219 " B<Status> (internal)\n"
10221 " B<Tag> (usually not in .deb but in repository Packages files)\n"
10222 " B<Triggers-Awaited> (internal)\n"
10223 " B<Triggers-Pending> (internal)\n"
10227 #. type: Plain text
10228 #: dpkg-query.1:221
10230 "The following are virtual fields, generated by B<dpkg-query> from values "
10231 "from other fields (note that these do not use valid names for fields in "
10235 #. type: Plain text
10236 #: dpkg-query.1:228
10239 " B<binary:Package>\n"
10240 " B<binary:Summary>\n"
10241 " B<db:Status-Abbrev>\n"
10242 " B<source:Package>\n"
10243 " B<source:Version>\n"
10246 #. type: Plain text
10247 #: dpkg-query.1:239
10249 "The default format string is \\(lqB<${binary:Package}\\et${Version}\\en>"
10250 "\\(rq. Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user "
10251 "defined fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, "
10252 "no conversion nor error checking is done on them. B<binary:Package> is a "
10253 "special field that will print the package name with an architecture "
10254 "qualifier (like \"libc6:amd64\") if the package has a I<Multi-Arch> field "
10255 "with a value of B<same>, and as such its name could be ambiguous. To get "
10256 "the name of the dpkg maintainer and the installed version, you could run:"
10259 #. type: Plain text
10260 #: dpkg-query.1:242
10262 msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f=\\(aq${binary:Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en\\(aq dpkg>\n"
10266 #: dpkg-query.1:244 dpkg-split.1:196 start-stop-daemon.8:291
10267 #: update-alternatives.8:391
10269 msgid "EXIT STATUS"
10273 #: dpkg-query.1:245 dpkg-split.1:197 start-stop-daemon.8:292
10274 #: start-stop-daemon.8:321 update-alternatives.8:392
10279 #. type: Plain text
10280 #: dpkg-query.1:248
10281 msgid "The requested query was successfully performed."
10285 #: dpkg-query.1:248 dpkg-split.1:203 start-stop-daemon.8:302
10286 #: start-stop-daemon.8:324
10291 #. type: Plain text
10292 #: dpkg-query.1:252
10294 "Problems were encountered while parsing the command line or performing the "
10295 "query, including no file or package being found (except for --control-path)."
10298 #. type: Plain text
10299 #: dpkg-query.1:262
10301 "This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the "
10302 "width of its output."
10306 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:21
10308 msgid "dpkg-scanpackages"
10312 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:21
10314 #| msgid "2006-02-28"
10316 msgstr "2006-02-28"
10318 #. type: Plain text
10319 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:24
10320 msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages index files"
10323 #. type: Plain text
10324 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:32
10326 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
10327 "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"
10330 #. type: Plain text
10331 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:45
10333 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and "
10334 "creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the "
10335 "user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are "
10336 "the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use "
10337 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to "
10338 "install on a cluster of machines."
10341 #. type: Plain text
10342 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:57
10344 "B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you "
10345 "will probably need to compress the file with B<bzip2>(1) (generating a "
10346 "Packages.bz2 file) or B<gzip>(1) (generating a Packages.gz file). apt "
10347 "ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local access (i.e. B<file://> "
10351 #. type: Plain text
10352 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:64
10354 "I<binary-dir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for "
10355 "example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the "
10356 "root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages "
10357 "file will start with this string."
10360 #. type: Plain text
10361 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:69
10363 "I<override-file> is the name of a file to read which contains information "
10364 "about how the package fits into the distribution (it can be a compressed "
10365 "file); see B<deb-override>(5)."
10368 #. type: Plain text
10369 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:72
10371 "I<path-prefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields."
10374 #. type: Plain text
10375 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:76
10377 "If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is "
10378 "included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in "
10379 "architecture only the first one found is used."
10383 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:78
10385 msgid "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>"
10386 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
10388 #. type: Plain text
10389 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:81
10390 msgid "Scan for *.I<type> packages, instead of *.deb."
10394 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 dpkg-scansources.1:68
10396 msgid "B<-e>, B<--extra-override> I<file>"
10397 msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>"
10399 #. type: Plain text
10400 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 dpkg-scansources.1:73
10402 "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (the file can be compressed). "
10403 "See B<deb-extra-override>(5) for more information on its format."
10407 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:87
10409 msgid "B<-a>, B<--arch> I<arch>"
10410 msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>"
10412 #. type: Plain text
10413 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91
10415 "Use a pattern consisting of I<*_all.deb> and I<*_arch.deb> instead of "
10416 "scanning for all debs."
10420 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91
10422 msgid "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>"
10423 msgstr "B<--version>"
10425 #. type: Plain text
10426 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:94
10427 msgid "Include all found packages in the output."
10431 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:94
10433 msgid "B<-M>, B<--medium> I<id-string>"
10434 msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>"
10436 #. type: Plain text
10437 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:99
10439 "Add an X-Medium field containing the value I<id-string>. This field is "
10440 "required if you want to generate B<Packages.cd> files for use by the multicd "
10441 "access method of dselect."
10445 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:106 update-alternatives.8:475
10447 msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
10450 #. type: Plain text
10451 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:112
10453 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also "
10454 "warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, "
10455 "have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override "
10456 "file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect."
10459 #. type: Plain text
10460 #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:118
10463 "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), "
10464 "B<dpkg-scansources>(1)."
10465 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
10468 #: dpkg-scansources.1:20
10470 msgid "dpkg-scansources"
10473 #. type: Plain text
10474 #: dpkg-scansources.1:23
10476 msgid "dpkg-scansources - create Sources index files"
10478 "A B<dpkg-deb> Debian archívumokat csomagol, kibont és információkat nyújt "
10481 #. type: Plain text
10482 #: dpkg-scansources.1:31
10484 "B<dpkg-scansources> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
10485 "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>"
10488 #. type: Plain text
10489 #: dpkg-scansources.1:36
10491 "B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These "
10492 "are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout."
10495 #. type: Plain text
10496 #: dpkg-scansources.1:47
10498 "The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting "
10499 "index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> "
10500 "files. The file can be compressed. See B<deb-override>(5) for the format of "
10501 "this file. \\s-1NB:\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not "
10502 "source, packages, there's a bit of a problem here. The current "
10503 "implementation uses the highest priority of all the binary packages produced "
10504 "by a I<.dsc> file for the priority of the source package, and the override "
10505 "entry for the first binary package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify "
10506 "maintainer information. This might change."
10509 #. type: Plain text
10510 #: dpkg-scansources.1:51
10512 "The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the "
10513 "generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields "
10514 "contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy."
10517 #. type: Plain text
10518 #: dpkg-scansources.1:62
10520 "B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) "
10521 "you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a "
10522 "Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local "
10523 "access (i.e. B<file://> sources)."
10527 #: dpkg-scansources.1:64
10529 msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>"
10530 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
10532 #. type: Plain text
10533 #: dpkg-scansources.1:67
10535 "Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package "
10540 #: dpkg-scansources.1:73
10542 msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>"
10545 #. type: Plain text
10546 #: dpkg-scansources.1:77
10548 "Use I<file> as the source override file (the file can be compressed). The "
10549 "default is the name of the override file you specified with I<.src> appended."
10552 #. type: Plain text
10553 #: dpkg-scansources.1:83
10555 "The source override file is in a different format from the binary override "
10556 "file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the "
10557 "source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment "
10558 "lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files "
10559 "the source override takes precedence for setting the section."
10563 #: dpkg-scansources.1:83
10566 msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>"
10568 #. type: Plain text
10569 #: dpkg-scansources.1:85
10570 msgid "Turn debugging on."
10573 #. type: Plain text
10574 #: dpkg-scansources.1:93
10576 msgid "B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)."
10577 msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)."
10580 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:22
10582 msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps"
10583 msgstr "dpkg készlet"
10585 #. type: Plain text
10586 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:25
10587 msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps - generate shared library substvar dependencies"
10590 #. type: Plain text
10591 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:29
10593 msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<option>...] [B<-e>]I<executable> [I<option>...]"
10594 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
10596 #. type: Plain text
10597 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:43
10599 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables "
10600 "named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution "
10601 "variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:>I<dependency-"
10602 "field> where I<dependency-field> is a dependency field name. Any other "
10603 "variables starting with B<shlibs:> are removed from the file."
10606 #. type: Plain text
10607 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:66
10609 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has two possible sources of information to generate "
10610 "dependency information. Either I<symbols> files or I<shlibs> files. For each "
10611 "binary that B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes, it finds out the list of libraries "
10612 "that it's linked with. Then, for each library, it looks up either the "
10613 "I<symbols> file, or the I<shlibs> file (if the former doesn't exist or if "
10614 "debian/shlibs.local contains the relevant dependency). Both files are "
10615 "supposed to be provided by the library package and should thus be available "
10616 "as /var/lib/dpkg/info/I<package>.I<symbols> or /var/lib/dpkg/info/I<package>."
10617 "I<shlibs>. The package name is identified in two steps: find the library "
10618 "file on the system (looking in the same directories that B<ld.so> would "
10619 "use), then use B<dpkg -S >I<library-file> to lookup the package providing "
10624 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:66
10626 msgid "Symbols files"
10629 #. type: Plain text
10630 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:71
10632 "Symbols files contain finer-grained dependency information by providing the "
10633 "minimum dependency for each symbol that the library exports. The script "
10634 "tries to find a symbols file associated to a library package in the "
10635 "following places (first match is used):"
10639 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:71
10641 msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/symbols"
10644 #. type: Plain text
10645 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:79
10647 "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
10648 "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are generated by B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1). "
10649 "They are only used if the library is found in a package's build tree. The "
10650 "symbols file in that build tree takes precedence over symbols files from "
10651 "other binary packages."
10655 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:79
10657 msgid "/etc/dpkg/symbols/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
10661 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:80
10663 msgid "/etc/dpkg/symbols/I<package>.symbols"
10666 #. type: Plain text
10667 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:84
10669 "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information. I<arch> is the "
10670 "architecture of the current system (obtained by B<dpkg-architecture -"
10671 "qDEB_HOST_ARCH>)."
10675 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:84
10677 msgid "Output from \\(lqB<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> symbols\\(rq"
10680 #. type: Plain text
10681 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:87 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:121
10683 "Package-provided shared library dependency information. Unless overridden "
10684 "by --admindir, those files are located in /var/lib/dpkg."
10687 #. type: Plain text
10688 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:94
10690 "While scanning the symbols used by all binaries, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> remembers "
10691 "the (biggest) minimal version needed for each library. At the end of the "
10692 "process, it is able to write out the minimal dependency for every library "
10693 "used (provided that the information of the I<symbols> files are accurate)."
10696 #. type: Plain text
10697 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:101
10699 "As a safe-guard measure, a symbols file can provide a I<Build-Depends-"
10700 "Package> meta-information field and B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will extract the "
10701 "minimal version required by the corresponding package in the Build-Depends "
10702 "field and use this version if it's higher than the minimal version computed "
10703 "by scanning symbols."
10707 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:101
10709 msgid "Shlibs files"
10712 #. type: Plain text
10713 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:105
10715 "Shlibs files associate directly a library to a dependency (without looking "
10716 "at the symbols). It's thus often stronger than really needed but very safe "
10717 "and easy to handle."
10720 #. type: Plain text
10721 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:108
10723 "The dependencies for a library are looked up in several places. The first "
10724 "file providing information for the library of interest is used:"
10728 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:108
10730 msgid "debian/shlibs.local"
10733 #. type: Plain text
10734 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:110
10735 msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information."
10739 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:110
10741 msgid "/etc/dpkg/shlibs.override"
10742 msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>"
10744 #. type: Plain text
10745 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:112
10746 msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information."
10750 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:112
10752 msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/shlibs"
10755 #. type: Plain text
10756 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:118
10758 "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
10759 "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are only used if the library is found in a "
10760 "package's build tree. The shlibs file in that build tree takes precedence "
10761 "over shlibs files from other binary packages."
10765 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:118
10767 msgid "Output from \\(lqB<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> shlibs\\(rq"
10771 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:121
10773 msgid "/etc/dpkg/shlibs.default"
10774 msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>"
10776 #. type: Plain text
10777 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:123
10778 msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information."
10781 #. type: Plain text
10782 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:127
10784 "The extracted dependencies are then directly used (except if they are "
10785 "filtered out because they have been identified as duplicate, or as weaker "
10786 "than another dependency)."
10789 #. type: Plain text
10790 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:132
10792 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just "
10793 "as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>."
10797 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:132
10799 msgid "B<-e>I<executable>"
10802 #. type: Plain text
10803 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:136
10805 "Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by "
10810 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:136
10812 msgid "B<-d>I<dependency-field>"
10813 msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>"
10815 #. type: Plain text
10816 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:142
10818 "Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field "
10819 "I<dependency-field>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the "
10820 "variable B<shlibs:>I<dependency-field>.)"
10823 #. type: Plain text
10824 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:152
10826 "The B<-d>I<dependency-field> option takes effect for all executables after "
10827 "the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependency-field>. The default "
10828 "I<dependency-field> is B<Depends>."
10831 #. type: Plain text
10832 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:160
10834 "If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than "
10835 "one of the recognized dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, "
10836 "B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will "
10837 "automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one "
10838 "representing the most important dependencies."
10842 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:160
10844 msgid "B<-p>I<varname-prefix>"
10847 #. type: Plain text
10848 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:171
10850 "Start substitution variables with I<varname-prefix>B<:> instead of B<shlibs:"
10851 ">. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with I<varname-"
10852 "prefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the the substitution "
10856 #. type: Plain text
10857 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:177
10859 "Print substitution variable settings to standard output, rather than being "
10860 "added to the substitution variables file (B<debian/substvars> by default)."
10864 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:177
10866 msgid "B<-t>I<type>"
10869 #. type: Plain text
10870 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:184
10872 "Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package "
10873 "type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged "
10874 "information. The default package type is \"deb\". Shared library dependency "
10875 "information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with the name of the "
10876 "type, a colon, and whitespace."
10880 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:184
10882 msgid "B<-L>I<local-shlibs-file>"
10883 msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>"
10885 #. type: Plain text
10886 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:190
10888 "Read overriding shared library dependency information from I<local-shlibs-"
10889 "file> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>."
10892 #. type: Plain text
10893 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:196
10895 "Write substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
10900 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:196
10905 #. type: Plain text
10906 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:201
10908 "Enable verbose mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what B<dpkg-"
10913 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:201
10915 msgid "B<-x>I<package>"
10916 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>"
10918 #. type: Plain text
10919 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:208
10921 "Exclude the package from the generated dependencies. This is useful to avoid "
10922 "self-dependencies for packages which provide ELF binaries (executables or "
10923 "library plugins) using a library contained in the same package. This option "
10924 "can be used multiple times to exclude several packages."
10928 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:208
10930 msgid "B<-S>I<package-build-dir>"
10931 msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>"
10933 #. type: Plain text
10934 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:215
10936 "Look into I<package-build-dir> first when trying to find a library. This is "
10937 "useful when the source package builds multiple flavors of the same library "
10938 "and you want to ensure that you get the dependency from a given binary "
10939 "package. You can use this option multiple times: directories will be tried "
10940 "in the same order before directories of other binary packages."
10944 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:215
10946 msgid "B<--ignore-missing-info>"
10949 #. type: Plain text
10950 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:221
10952 "Do not fail if dependency information can't be found for a shared library. "
10953 "Usage of this option is discouraged, all libraries should provide dependency "
10954 "information (either with shlibs files, or with symbols files) even if they "
10955 "are not yet used by other packages."
10959 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:221
10961 msgid "B<--warnings=>I<value>"
10964 #. type: Plain text
10965 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:232
10967 "I<value> is a bit field defining the set of warnings that can be emitted by "
10968 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. Bit 0 (value=1) enables the warning \"symbol I<sym> used "
10969 "by I<binary> found in none of the libraries\", bit 1 (value=2) enables the "
10970 "warning \"package could avoid a useless dependency\" and bit 2 (value=4) "
10971 "enables the warning \"I<binary> should not be linked against I<library>\". "
10972 "The default I<value> is 3: the first two warnings are active by default, the "
10973 "last one is not. Set I<value> to 7 if you want all warnings to be active."
10977 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:243
10982 #. type: Plain text
10983 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:251
10985 "Since B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes the set of symbols used by each binary of "
10986 "the generated package, it is able to emit warnings in several cases. They "
10987 "inform you of things that can be improved in the package. In most cases, "
10988 "those improvements concern the upstream sources directly. By order of "
10989 "decreasing importance, here are the various warnings that you can encounter:"
10993 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:251
10995 msgid "B<symbol>I< sym>B< used by >I<binary>B< found in none of the libraries.>"
10998 #. type: Plain text
10999 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:257
11001 "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
11002 "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a library and it needs to be linked "
11003 "with an additional library during the build process (option B<-l>I<library> "
11008 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:257
11010 msgid "I<binary>B< contains an unresolvable reference to symbol >I<sym>B<: it's probably a plugin>"
11013 #. type: Plain text
11014 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:270
11016 "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
11017 "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a plugin and the symbol is probably "
11018 "provided by the program that loads this plugin. In theory a plugin doesn't "
11019 "have any SONAME but this binary does have one and as such it could not be "
11020 "clearly identified as such. However the fact that the binary is stored in a "
11021 "non-public directory is a strong indication that's it's not a normal shared "
11022 "library. If the binary is really a plugin, then disregard this warning. But "
11023 "there's always the possibility that it's a real library and that programs "
11024 "linking to it are using an RPATH so that the dynamic loader finds it. In "
11025 "that case, the library is broken and needs to be fixed."
11029 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:270
11031 msgid "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if >I<binary>B< was not linked against >I<library>B< (it uses none of the library's symbols)>"
11034 #. type: Plain text
11035 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:276
11037 "None of the I<binaries> that are linked with I<library> use any of the "
11038 "symbols provided by the library. By fixing all the binaries, you would avoid "
11039 "the dependency associated to this library (unless the same dependency is "
11040 "also generated by another library that is really used)."
11044 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:276
11046 msgid "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if >I<binaries>B< were not linked against >I<library>B< (they uses none of the library's symbols)>"
11049 #. type: Plain text
11050 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:279
11051 msgid "Exactly the same as the above warning, but for multiple binaries."
11055 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:279
11057 msgid "I<binary>B< should not be linked against >I<library>B< (it uses none of the library's symbols)>"
11060 #. type: Plain text
11061 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:286
11063 "The I<binary> is linked to a library that it doesn't need. It's not a "
11064 "problem but some small performance improvements in binary load time can be "
11065 "obtained by not linking this library to this binary. This warning checks the "
11066 "same information than the previous one but does it for each binary instead "
11067 "of doing the check globally on all binaries analyzed."
11071 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:286
11076 #. type: Plain text
11077 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:293
11079 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will fail if it can't find a public library used by a "
11080 "binary or if this library has no associated dependency information (either "
11081 "shlibs file or symbols file). A public library has a SONAME and is versioned "
11082 "(libsomething.so.I<X>). A private library (like a plugin) should not have a "
11083 "SONAME and doesn't need to be versioned."
11087 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:293
11089 msgid "B<couldn't find library >I<library-soname>B< needed by >I<binary>B< (its RPATH is '>I<rpath>B<')>"
11092 #. type: Plain text
11093 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:309
11095 "The I<binary> uses a library called I<library-soname> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> "
11096 "has been unable to find the library. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> creates a list of "
11097 "directories to check as following: directories listed in the RPATH of the "
11098 "binary, directories listed in /etc/ld.so.conf, directories listed in the "
11099 "LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, and standard public directories (/"
11100 "lib, /usr/lib, /lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /usr/lib64). Then it checks those "
11101 "directories in the package's build tree of the binary being analyzed, in the "
11102 "packages' build trees indicated with the -S command-line option, in other "
11103 "packages' build trees that contains a DEBIAN/shlibs or DEBIAN/symbols file "
11104 "and finally in the root directory. If the library is not found in any of "
11105 "those directories, then you get this error."
11108 #. type: Plain text
11109 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:315
11111 "If the library not found is in a private directory of the same package, then "
11112 "you want to add the directory to LD_LIBRARY_PATH. If it's in another binary "
11113 "package being built, you want to make sure that the shlibs/symbols file of "
11114 "this package is already created and that LD_LIBRARY_PATH contains the "
11115 "appropriate directory if it also is in a private directory."
11119 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:315
11121 msgid "B<no dependency information found for >I<library-file>B< (used by >I<binary>B<).>"
11124 #. type: Plain text
11125 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:328
11127 "The library needed by I<binary> has been found by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in "
11128 "I<library-file> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has been unable to find any dependency "
11129 "information for that library. To find out the dependency, it has tried to "
11130 "map the library to a Debian package with the help of B<dpkg -S >I<library-"
11131 "file>. Then it checked the corresponding shlibs and symbols files in /var/"
11132 "lib/dpkg/info/, and in the various package's build trees (debian/*/DEBIAN/)."
11135 #. type: Plain text
11136 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:342
11138 "This failure can be caused by a bad or missing shlibs or symbols file in the "
11139 "package of the library. It might also happen if the library is built within "
11140 "the same source package and if the shlibs files has not yet been created (in "
11141 "which case you must fix debian/rules to create the shlibs before calling "
11142 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>). Bad RPATH can also lead to the library being found under "
11143 "a non-canonical name (example: /usr/lib/openoffice.org/../lib/libssl."
11144 "so.0.9.8 instead of /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8) that's not associated to any "
11145 "package, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> tries to work around this by trying to fallback "
11146 "on a canonical name (using B<realpath>(3)) but it might not always work. "
11147 "It's always best to clean up the RPATH of the binary to avoid problems."
11150 #. type: Plain text
11151 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:348
11153 "Calling B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in verbose mode (-v) will provide much more "
11154 "information about where it tried to find the dependency information. This "
11155 "might be useful if you don't understand why it's giving you this error."
11158 #. type: Plain text
11159 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:351
11161 msgid "B<deb-shlibs>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)."
11162 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
11165 #: dpkg-source.1:23
11167 msgid "dpkg-source"
11168 msgstr "dpkg készlet"
11170 #. type: Plain text
11171 #: dpkg-source.1:26
11173 msgid "dpkg-source - Debian source package (.dsc) manipulation tool"
11175 "A B<dpkg-deb> Debian archívumokat csomagol, kibont és információkat nyújt "
11178 #. type: Plain text
11179 #: dpkg-source.1:30
11181 msgid "B<dpkg-source> [I<option>...] I<command>"
11182 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
11184 #. type: Plain text
11185 #: dpkg-source.1:34
11187 msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives."
11189 "A B<dpkg-deb> Debian archívumokat csomagol, kibont és információkat nyújt "
11192 #. type: Plain text
11193 #: dpkg-source.1:38
11195 "None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and "
11196 "they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate "
11201 #: dpkg-source.1:40
11203 msgid "B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc >[I<output-directory>]"
11206 #. type: Plain text
11207 #: dpkg-source.1:50
11209 "Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name "
11210 "of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option "
11211 "argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source "
11212 "package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the "
11213 "source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version> "
11214 "under the current working directory."
11217 #. type: Plain text
11218 #: dpkg-source.1:56
11220 "B<dpkg-source> will read the names of the other file(s) making up the source "
11221 "package from the control file; they are assumed to be in the same directory "
11225 #. type: Plain text
11226 #: dpkg-source.1:64
11228 "The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and "
11229 "ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and "
11230 "directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will "
11231 "be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' "
11232 "umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will "
11233 "be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership."
11236 #. type: Plain text
11237 #: dpkg-source.1:69
11239 "If the source package uses a non-standard format (currently this means all "
11240 "formats except \"1.0\"), its name will be stored in B<debian/source/format> "
11241 "so that the following builds of the source package use the same format by "
11246 #: dpkg-source.1:70
11248 msgid "B<-b> I<directory> [I<format-specific-parameters>]"
11249 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<könyvtár> [I<archívum>|I<könyvtár>]"
11251 #. type: Plain text
11252 #: dpkg-source.1:77
11254 "Build a source package. The first non-option argument is taken as the name "
11255 "of the directory containing the debianized source tree (i.e. with a debian "
11256 "sub-directory and maybe changes to the original files). Depending on the "
11257 "source package format used to build the package, additional parameters might "
11261 #. type: Plain text
11262 #: dpkg-source.1:86
11264 "B<dpkg-source> will build the source package with the first format found in "
11265 "this ordered list: the format indicated with the I<--format> command line "
11266 "option, the format indicated in B<debian/source/format>, \"1.0\". The "
11267 "fallback to \"1.0\" is deprecated and will be removed at some point in the "
11268 "future, you should always document the desired source format in B<debian/"
11269 "source/format>. See section B<SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS> for an extensive "
11270 "description of the various source package formats."
11274 #: dpkg-source.1:87
11276 msgid "B<--print-format> I<directory>"
11277 msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>szakaszE<gt>"
11279 #. type: Plain text
11280 #: dpkg-source.1:92
11282 "Print the source format that would be used to build the source package if "
11283 "B<dpkg-source -b >I<directory> was called (in the same conditions and with "
11284 "the same parameters)."
11288 #: dpkg-source.1:93
11290 msgid "B<--before-build> I<directory>"
11291 msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>szakaszE<gt>"
11293 #. type: Plain text
11294 #: dpkg-source.1:102
11296 "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format. This hook is called "
11297 "before any build of the package (B<dpkg-buildpackage> calls it very early "
11298 "even before B<debian/rules clean>). This command is idempotent and can be "
11299 "called multiple times. Not all source formats implement something in this "
11300 "hook, and those that do usually prepare the source tree for the build for "
11301 "example by ensuring that the Debian patches are applied."
11305 #: dpkg-source.1:103
11307 msgid "B<--after-build> I<directory>"
11308 msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>szakaszE<gt>"
11310 #. type: Plain text
11311 #: dpkg-source.1:110
11313 "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format. This hook is called "
11314 "after any build of the package (B<dpkg-buildpackage> calls it last). This "
11315 "command is idempotent and can be called multiple times. Not all source "
11316 "formats implement something in this hook, and those that do usually use it "
11317 "to undo what B<--before-build> has done."
11321 #: dpkg-source.1:111
11323 msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] ..."
11324 msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>szakaszE<gt>"
11326 #. type: Plain text
11327 #: dpkg-source.1:116
11329 "Record changes in the source tree unpacked in I<directory>. This command can "
11330 "take supplementary parameters depending on the source format. It will error "
11331 "out for formats where this operation doesn't mean anything."
11335 #: dpkg-source.1:124
11337 msgid "GENERIC BUILD OPTIONS"
11340 #. type: Plain text
11341 #: dpkg-source.1:132
11343 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default "
11344 "is B<debian/control>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted "
11345 "starting at the source tree's top level directory."
11348 #. type: Plain text
11349 #: dpkg-source.1:139
11351 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is "
11352 "B<debian/changelog>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted "
11353 "starting at the source tree's top level directory."
11357 #: dpkg-source.1:143
11359 msgid "B<--format=>I<value>"
11360 msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>"
11362 #. type: Plain text
11363 #: dpkg-source.1:147
11365 "Use the given format for building the source package. It does override any "
11366 "format given in B<debian/source/format>."
11369 #. type: Plain text
11370 #: dpkg-source.1:157
11372 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is to not read "
11373 "any file. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
11374 "variables from multiple files."
11378 #: dpkg-source.1:163
11380 msgid "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>"
11383 #. type: Plain text
11384 #: dpkg-source.1:171
11386 "Specify the compression to use for created files (tarballs and diffs). Note "
11387 "that this option will not cause existing tarballs to be recompressed, it "
11388 "only affects new files. Supported values are: I<gzip>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma> and "
11389 "I<xz>. I<gzip> is the default. I<xz> is only supported since dpkg-dev "
11394 #: dpkg-source.1:171
11396 msgid "B<-z>I<level>, B<--compression-level>=I<level>"
11399 #. type: Plain text
11400 #: dpkg-source.1:177
11402 "Compression level to use. As with B<-Z> it only affects newly created files. "
11403 "Supported values are: I<1> to I<9>, I<best>, and I<fast>. The default is "
11404 "I<9> for gzip and bzip2, I<6> for xz and lzma."
11408 #: dpkg-source.1:177
11410 msgid "B<-i>[I<regexp>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regexp>]"
11413 #. type: Plain text
11414 #: dpkg-source.1:189
11416 "You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered "
11417 "out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find "
11418 "command.) (If the source package is being built as a version 3 source "
11419 "package using a VCS, this can be used to ignore uncommited changes on "
11420 "specific files. Using -i.* will ignore all of them.) B<-i> by itself "
11421 "enables the option, with a default regexp that will filter out control files "
11422 "and directories of the most common revision control systems, backup and swap "
11423 "files and Libtool build output directories. There can only be one active "
11424 "regexp, of multiple B<-i> options only the last one will take effect."
11427 #. type: Plain text
11428 #: dpkg-source.1:199
11430 "This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in "
11431 "the diff, e.g. if you maintain your source in a revision control system and "
11432 "want to use a checkout to build a source package without including the "
11433 "additional files and directories that it will usually contain (e.g. CVS/, ."
11434 "cvsignore, .svn/). The default regexp is already very exhaustive, but if you "
11435 "need to replace it, please note that by default it can match any part of a "
11436 "path, so if you want to match the begin of a filename or only full "
11437 "filenames, you will need to provide the necessary anchors (e.g. '(^|/)', "
11438 "'($|/)') yourself."
11442 #: dpkg-source.1:199
11444 msgid "B<--extend-diff-ignore>=I<regexp>"
11447 #. type: Plain text
11448 #: dpkg-source.1:206
11450 "The perl regular expression specified will extend the default value of B<--"
11451 "diff-ignore> and its current value (if set). It does this by concatenating "
11452 "\"B<|>I<regexp>\" to the existing value. This option is convenient to use "
11453 "in B<debian/source/options> to exclude some auto-generated files from the "
11454 "automatic patch generation."
11458 #: dpkg-source.1:206
11460 msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<file-pattern>]"
11463 #. type: Plain text
11464 #: dpkg-source.1:215
11466 "If this option is specified, the pattern will be passed to B<tar>(1)'s --"
11467 "exclude option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar or .tar file. For "
11468 "example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ."
11469 "tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple "
11470 "patterns to exclude."
11473 #. type: Plain text
11474 #: dpkg-source.1:220
11476 "B<-I> by itself adds default --exclude options that will filter out control "
11477 "files and directories of the most common revision control systems, backup "
11478 "and swap files and Libtool build output directories."
11481 #. type: Plain text
11482 #: dpkg-source.1:232
11484 "B<Note:> While they have similar purposes, B<-i> and B<-I> have very "
11485 "different syntax and semantics. B<-i> can only be specified once and takes a "
11486 "perl compatible regular expression which is matched against the full "
11487 "relative path of each file. B<-I> can specified multiple times and takes a "
11488 "filename pattern with shell wildcards. The pattern is applied to the full "
11489 "relative path but also to each part of the path individually. The exact "
11490 "semantic of tar's --exclude option is somewhat complicated, see http://www."
11491 "gnu.org/software/tar/manual/tar.html#wildcards for a full documentation."
11494 #. type: Plain text
11495 #: dpkg-source.1:235
11497 "The default regexp and patterns for both options can be seen in the output "
11498 "of the B<--help> command."
11502 #: dpkg-source.1:235
11504 msgid "GENERIC EXTRACT OPTIONS"
11505 msgstr "MÁS LEHETŐSÉGEK"
11508 #: dpkg-source.1:236
11510 msgid "B<--no-copy>"
11511 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
11513 #. type: Plain text
11514 #: dpkg-source.1:239
11515 msgid "Do not copy original tarballs near the extracted source package."
11519 #: dpkg-source.1:239
11521 msgid "B<--no-check>"
11522 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
11524 #. type: Plain text
11525 #: dpkg-source.1:242
11526 msgid "Do not check signatures and checksums before unpacking."
11530 #: dpkg-source.1:242
11532 msgid "B<--require-valid-signature>"
11535 #. type: Plain text
11536 #: dpkg-source.1:250
11538 "Refuse to unpack the source package if it doesn't contain an OpenPGP "
11539 "signature that can be verified either with the user's I<trustedkeys.gpg> "
11540 "keyring, one of the vendor-specific keyrings, or one of the official Debian "
11541 "keyrings (I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg> and I</usr/share/"
11542 "keyrings/debian-maintainers.gpg>)."
11546 #: dpkg-source.1:251
11548 msgid "SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS"
11551 #. type: Plain text
11552 #: dpkg-source.1:256
11554 "If you don't know what source format to use, you should probably pick either "
11555 "\"3.0 (quilt)\" or \"3.0 (native)\". See http://wiki.debian.org/Projects/"
11556 "DebSrc3.0 for information on the deployment of those formats within Debian."
11560 #: dpkg-source.1:257
11562 msgid "Format: 1.0"
11565 #. type: Plain text
11566 #: dpkg-source.1:261
11568 "A source package in this format consists either of a B<.orig.tar.gz> "
11569 "associated to a B<.diff.gz> or a single B<.tar.gz> (in that case the package "
11570 "is said to be I<native>)."
11573 #. type: Plain text
11574 #: dpkg-source.1:263 dpkg-source.1:431 dpkg-source.1:621 dpkg-source.1:660
11575 msgid "B<Extracting>"
11578 #. type: Plain text
11579 #: dpkg-source.1:273
11581 "Extracting a native package is a simple extraction of the single tarball in "
11582 "the target directory. Extracting a non-native package is done by first "
11583 "unpacking the B<.orig.tar.gz> and then applying the patch contained in the "
11584 "B<.diff.gz> file. The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the "
11585 "extraction time of the source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading "
11586 "to problems when autogenerated files are patched). The diff can create new "
11587 "files (the whole debian directory is created that way) but can't remove "
11588 "files (empty files will be left over)."
11591 #. type: Plain text
11592 #: dpkg-source.1:275 dpkg-source.1:464 dpkg-source.1:632 dpkg-source.1:665
11593 msgid "B<Building>"
11596 #. type: Plain text
11597 #: dpkg-source.1:281
11599 "Building a native package is just creating a single tarball with the source "
11600 "directory. Building a non-native package involves extracting the original "
11601 "tarball in a separate \".orig\" directory and regenerating the B<.diff.gz> "
11602 "by comparing the source package I<directory> with the .orig directory."
11606 #: dpkg-source.1:282
11608 msgid "B<Build options (with -b):>"
11611 #. type: Plain text
11612 #: dpkg-source.1:295
11614 "If a second non-option argument is supplied it should be the name of the "
11615 "original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package is a "
11616 "Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no second argument "
11617 "is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original source tarfile "
11618 "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the original source "
11619 "directory I<directory>B<.orig> depending on the B<-sX> arguments."
11622 #. type: Plain text
11623 #: dpkg-source.1:301
11625 "B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing "
11626 "tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-"
11627 "sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead."
11631 #: dpkg-source.1:301
11636 #. type: Plain text
11637 #: dpkg-source.1:310
11639 "Specifies to expect the original source as a tarfile, by default "
11640 "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.>I<extension>. It will leave "
11641 "this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the current "
11642 "directory if it isn't already there. The tarball will be unpacked into "
11643 "I<directory>B<.orig> for the generation of the diff."
11647 #: dpkg-source.1:310 dpkg-source.1:379
11652 #. type: Plain text
11653 #: dpkg-source.1:315
11654 msgid "Like B<-sk> but will remove the directory again afterwards."
11658 #: dpkg-source.1:315 dpkg-source.1:385
11663 #. type: Plain text
11664 #: dpkg-source.1:323
11666 "Specifies that the original source is expected as a directory, by default "
11667 "I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-source> will create a "
11668 "new original source archive from it."
11672 #: dpkg-source.1:323
11677 #. type: Plain text
11678 #: dpkg-source.1:328
11679 msgid "Like B<-su> but will remove that directory after it has been used."
11683 #: dpkg-source.1:328
11688 #. type: Plain text
11689 #: dpkg-source.1:336
11691 "Specifies that the original source is available both as a directory and as a "
11692 "tarfile. dpkg-source will use the directory to create the diff, but the "
11693 "tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must be used with care - if the "
11694 "directory and tarfile do not match a bad source archive will be generated."
11698 #: dpkg-source.1:336 dpkg-source.1:388
11703 #. type: Plain text
11704 #: dpkg-source.1:342
11706 "Specifies to not look for any original source, and to not generate a diff. "
11707 "The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is used for "
11708 "Debian-specific packages which do not have a separate upstream source and "
11709 "therefore have no debianisation diffs."
11713 #: dpkg-source.1:342
11715 msgid "B<-sa> or B<-sA>"
11716 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
11718 #. type: Plain text
11719 #: dpkg-source.1:368
11721 "Specifies to look for the original source archive as a tarfile or as a "
11722 "directory - the second argument, if any, may be either, or the empty string "
11723 "(this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If a tarfile is found it will unpack "
11724 "it to create the diff and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-"
11725 "sp>); if a directory is found it will pack it to create the original source "
11726 "and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found "
11727 "it will assume that the package has no debianisation diffs, only a "
11728 "straightforward source archive (this is equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are "
11729 "found then B<dpkg-source> will ignore the directory, overwriting it, if B<-"
11730 "sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-sP>) or raise an error if B<-"
11731 "sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default."
11735 #: dpkg-source.1:368 dpkg-source.1:576
11737 msgid "B<--abort-on-upstream-changes>"
11740 #. type: Plain text
11741 #: dpkg-source.1:374
11743 "The process fails if the generated diff contains changes to files outside of "
11744 "the debian sub-directory. This option is not allowed in B<debian/source/"
11745 "options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>."
11749 #: dpkg-source.1:375
11751 msgid "B<Extract options (with -x):>"
11754 #. type: Plain text
11755 #: dpkg-source.1:379
11756 msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed."
11759 #. type: Plain text
11760 #: dpkg-source.1:385
11762 "Used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be left as a "
11763 "tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or if an "
11764 "existing but different file is there it will be copied there. (B<This is "
11768 #. type: Plain text
11769 #: dpkg-source.1:388
11770 msgid "Unpacks the original source tree."
11773 #. type: Plain text
11774 #: dpkg-source.1:393
11776 "Ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current directory "
11777 "nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current directory is "
11781 #. type: Plain text
11782 #: dpkg-source.1:398
11784 "All the B<-s>I<X> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than "
11785 "one only the last one will be used."
11789 #: dpkg-source.1:398 dpkg-source.1:590
11791 msgid "B<--skip-debianization>"
11792 msgstr "B<--version>"
11794 #. type: Plain text
11795 #: dpkg-source.1:401
11796 msgid "Skips application of the debian diff on top of the upstream sources."
11800 #: dpkg-source.1:402
11802 msgid "Format: 2.0"
11805 #. type: Plain text
11806 #: dpkg-source.1:406
11808 "Also known as wig&pen. This format is not recommended for wide-spread usage, "
11809 "the format \"3.0 (quilt)\" replaces it. Wig&pen was the first specification "
11810 "of a new-generation source package format."
11813 #. type: Plain text
11814 #: dpkg-source.1:411
11816 "The behaviour of this format is the same as the \"3.0 (quilt)\" format "
11817 "except that it doesn't use an explicit list of patches. All files in "
11818 "B<debian/patches/> matching the perl regular expression B<[\\ew-]+> must be "
11819 "valid patches: they are applied at extraction time."
11822 #. type: Plain text
11823 #: dpkg-source.1:414
11825 "When building a new source package, any change to the upstream source is "
11826 "stored in a patch named B<zz_debian-diff-auto>."
11830 #: dpkg-source.1:415
11832 msgid "Format: 3.0 (native)"
11835 #. type: Plain text
11836 #: dpkg-source.1:421
11838 "This format is an extension of the native package format as defined in the "
11839 "1.0 format. It supports all compression methods and will ignore by default "
11840 "any VCS specific files and directories as well as many temporary files (see "
11841 "default value associated to B<-I> option in the B<--help> output)."
11845 #: dpkg-source.1:422
11847 msgid "Format: 3.0 (quilt)"
11850 #. type: Plain text
11851 #: dpkg-source.1:429
11853 "A source package in this format contains at least an original tarball (B<."
11854 "orig.tar.>I<ext> where I<ext> can be B<gz>, B<bz2>, B<lzma> and B<xz>) and a "
11855 "debian tarball (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). It can also contain additional "
11856 "original tarballs (B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>). I<component> can "
11857 "only contain alphanumeric characters and dashes (\"-\")."
11860 #. type: Plain text
11861 #: dpkg-source.1:440
11863 "The main original tarball is extracted first, then all additional original "
11864 "tarballs are extracted in subdirectories named after the I<component> part "
11865 "of their filename (any pre-existing directory is replaced). The debian "
11866 "tarball is extracted on top of the source directory after prior removal of "
11867 "any pre-existing B<debian> directory. Note that the debian tarball must "
11868 "contain a B<debian> sub-directory but it can also contain binary files "
11869 "outside of that directory (see B<--include-binaries> option)."
11872 #. type: Plain text
11873 #: dpkg-source.1:452
11875 "All patches listed in B<debian/patches/debian.series> or B<debian/patches/"
11876 "series> are then applied. If the former file is used and the latter one "
11877 "doesn't exist (or is a symlink), then the latter is replaced with a symlink "
11878 "to the former. This is meant to simplify usage of quilt to manage the set of "
11879 "patches. Note however that while B<dpkg-source> parses correctly series "
11880 "files with explicit options used for patch application (stored on each line "
11881 "after the patch filename and one or more spaces), it does ignore those "
11882 "options and always expect patches that can be applied with the B<-p1> option "
11883 "of B<patch>. It will thus emit a warning when it encounters such options, "
11884 "and the build is likely to fail."
11887 #. type: Plain text
11888 #: dpkg-source.1:457
11890 "Contrary to quilt's default behaviour, patches are expected to apply without "
11891 "any fuzz. When that is not the case, you should refresh such patches with "
11892 "quilt, or dpkg-source will error out while trying to apply them."
11895 #. type: Plain text
11896 #: dpkg-source.1:459
11898 "Similarly to quilt's default behaviour, the patches can remove files too."
11902 #. type: Plain text
11903 #: dpkg-source.1:462
11905 "The file B<.pc/applied-patches> is created if some patches have been applied "
11906 "during the extraction."
11909 #. type: Plain text
11910 #: dpkg-source.1:476
11912 "All original tarballs found in the current directory are extracted in a "
11913 "temporary directory by following the same logic as for the unpack, the "
11914 "debian directory is copied over in the temporary directory, and all patches "
11915 "except the automatic patch (B<debian-changes->I<version> or B<debian-"
11916 "changes>, depending on B<--single-debian-patch>) are applied. The temporary "
11917 "directory is compared to the source package directory. When the diff is non-"
11918 "empty, the build fails unless B<--single-debian-patch> or B<--auto-commit> "
11919 "has been used, in which case the diff is stored in the automatic patch. If "
11920 "the automatic patch is created/deleted, it's added/removed from the series "
11921 "file and from the quilt metadata."
11925 #. type: Plain text
11926 #: dpkg-source.1:484
11928 "Any change on a binary file is not representable in a diff and will thus "
11929 "lead to a failure unless the maintainer deliberately decided to include that "
11930 "modified binary file in the debian tarball (by listing it in B<debian/source/"
11931 "include-binaries>). The build will also fail if it finds binary files in the "
11932 "debian sub-directory unless they have been whitelisted through B<debian/"
11933 "source/include-binaries>."
11936 #. type: Plain text
11937 #: dpkg-source.1:487
11939 "The updated debian directory and the list of modified binaries is then used "
11940 "to generate the debian tarball."
11943 #. type: Plain text
11944 #: dpkg-source.1:493
11946 "The automatically generated diff doesn't include changes on VCS specific "
11947 "files as well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-i> "
11948 "option in the B<--help> output). In particular, the B<.pc> directory used by "
11949 "quilt is ignored during generation of the automatic patch."
11952 #. type: Plain text
11953 #: dpkg-source.1:502
11955 "Note: B<dpkg-source> B<--before-build> (and B<-b>) will ensure that all "
11956 "patches listed in the series file are applied so that a package build always "
11957 "has all patches applied. It does this by finding unapplied patches (they are "
11958 "listed in the B<series> file but not in B<.pc/applied-patches>), and if the "
11959 "first patch in that set can be applied without errors, it will apply them "
11960 "all. The option B<--no-preparation> can be used to disable this behavior."
11963 #. type: Plain text
11964 #: dpkg-source.1:505
11965 msgid "B<Recording changes>"
11969 #: dpkg-source.1:505
11971 msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] [I<patch-name>] [I<patch-file>]"
11972 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-fájl-név> ..]"
11974 #. type: Plain text
11975 #: dpkg-source.1:514
11977 "Generates a patch corresponding to the local changes that are not managed by "
11978 "the quilt patch system and integrates it in the patch system under the name "
11979 "I<patch-name>. If the name is missing, it will be asked interactively. If "
11980 "I<patch-file> is given, it is used as the patch corresponding to the local "
11981 "changes to integrate. Once integrated, an editor is launched so that you can "
11982 "edit the meta-information in the patch header."
11985 #. type: Plain text
11986 #: dpkg-source.1:520
11988 "Passing I<patch-file> is mainly useful after a build failure that pre-"
11989 "generated this file, and on this ground the given file is removed after "
11990 "integration. Note also that the changes contained in the patch file must "
11991 "already be applied on the tree and that the files modified by the patch must "
11992 "not have supplementary unrecorded changes."
11995 #. type: Plain text
11996 #: dpkg-source.1:525
11998 "If the patch generation detects modified binary files, they will be "
11999 "automatically added to B<debian/source/include-binaries> so that they end up "
12000 "in the debian tarball (exactly like B<dpkg-source --include-binaries -b> "
12004 #. type: Plain text
12005 #: dpkg-source.1:527 dpkg-source.1:602 dpkg-source.1:641
12006 msgid "B<Build options>"
12010 #: dpkg-source.1:527
12012 msgid "B<--allow-version-of-quilt-db=>I<version>"
12013 msgstr "B<--version>"
12016 #. type: Plain text
12017 #: dpkg-source.1:535
12019 "Allow B<dpkg-source> to build the source package if the version of the quilt "
12020 "metadata is the one specified, even if B<dpkg-source> doesn't know about it. "
12021 "Effectively this says that the given version of the quilt metadata is "
12022 "compatible with the version 2 that B<dpkg-source> currently supports. The "
12023 "version of the quilt metadata is stored in B<.pc/.version>."
12027 #: dpkg-source.1:535
12029 msgid "B<--include-removal>"
12032 #. type: Plain text
12033 #: dpkg-source.1:539
12035 "Do not ignore removed files and include them in the automatically generated "
12040 #: dpkg-source.1:539
12042 msgid "B<--include-timestamp>"
12045 #. type: Plain text
12046 #: dpkg-source.1:542
12047 msgid "Include timestamp in the automatically generated patch."
12051 #: dpkg-source.1:542
12053 msgid "B<--include-binaries>"
12054 msgstr "B<--licence>"
12056 #. type: Plain text
12057 #: dpkg-source.1:547
12059 "Add all modified binaries in the debian tarball. Also add them to B<debian/"
12060 "source/include-binaries>: they will be added by default in subsequent builds "
12061 "and this option is thus no more needed."
12065 #: dpkg-source.1:547
12067 msgid "B<--no-preparation>"
12068 msgstr "B<--version>"
12070 #. type: Plain text
12071 #: dpkg-source.1:551
12073 "Do not try to prepare the build tree by applying patches which are "
12074 "apparently unapplied."
12078 #: dpkg-source.1:551
12080 msgid "B<--single-debian-patch>"
12081 msgstr "B<--version>"
12083 #. type: Plain text
12084 #: dpkg-source.1:562
12086 "Use B<debian/patches/debian-changes> instead of B<debian/patches/debian-"
12087 "changes->I<version> for the name of the automatic patch generated during "
12088 "build. This option is particularly useful when the package is maintained in "
12089 "a VCS and a patch set can't reliably be generated. Instead the current diff "
12090 "with upstream should be stored in a single patch. The option would be put in "
12091 "B<debian/source/local-options> and would be accompanied by a B<debian/source/"
12092 "local-patch-header> file explaining how the Debian changes can be best "
12093 "reviewed, for example in the VCS that is used."
12097 #: dpkg-source.1:562
12099 msgid "B<--create-empty-orig>"
12102 #. type: Plain text
12103 #: dpkg-source.1:568
12105 "Automatically create the main original tarball as empty if it's missing and "
12106 "if there are supplementary original tarballs. This option is meant to be "
12107 "used when the source package is just a bundle of multiple upstream software "
12108 "and where there's no \"main\" software."
12112 #: dpkg-source.1:568
12114 msgid "B<--no-unapply-patches, --unapply-patches>"
12117 #. type: Plain text
12118 #: dpkg-source.1:576
12120 "By default, dpkg-source will automatically unapply the patches in the B<--"
12121 "after-build> hook if it did apply them during B<--before-build>. Those "
12122 "options allow you to forcefully disable or enable the patch unapplication "
12123 "process. Those options are only allowed in B<debian/source/local-options> so "
12124 "that all generated source packages have the same behavior by default."
12127 #. type: Plain text
12128 #: dpkg-source.1:583
12130 "The process fails if an automatic patch has been generated. This option can "
12131 "be used to ensure that all changes were properly recorded in separate quilt "
12132 "patches prior to the source package build. This option is not allowed in "
12133 "B<debian/source/options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>."
12137 #: dpkg-source.1:583
12139 msgid "B<--auto-commit>"
12140 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
12142 #. type: Plain text
12143 #: dpkg-source.1:587
12145 "The process doesn't fail if an automatic patch has been generated, instead "
12146 "it's immediately recorded in the quilt series."
12149 #. type: Plain text
12150 #: dpkg-source.1:590
12151 msgid "B<Extract options>"
12154 #. type: Plain text
12155 #: dpkg-source.1:593
12156 msgid "Skips extraction of the debian tarball on top of the upstream sources."
12160 #: dpkg-source.1:593
12162 msgid "B<--skip-patches>"
12165 #. type: Plain text
12166 #: dpkg-source.1:596
12167 msgid "Do not apply patches at the end of the extraction."
12171 #: dpkg-source.1:597
12173 msgid "Format: 3.0 (custom)"
12176 #. type: Plain text
12177 #: dpkg-source.1:600
12179 "This format is special. It doesn't represent a real source package format "
12180 "but can be used to create source packages with arbitrary files."
12183 #. type: Plain text
12184 #: dpkg-source.1:606
12186 "All non-option arguments are taken as files to integrate in the generated "
12187 "source package. They must exist and are preferably in the current directory. "
12188 "At least one file must be given."
12192 #: dpkg-source.1:606
12194 msgid "B<--target-format=>I<value>"
12195 msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>"
12197 #. type: Plain text
12198 #: dpkg-source.1:611
12200 "B<Required>. Defines the real format of the generated source package. The "
12201 "generated .dsc file will contain this value in its I<Format> field and not "
12202 "\"3.0 (custom)\"."
12206 #: dpkg-source.1:612
12208 msgid "Format: 3.0 (git)"
12211 #. type: Plain text
12212 #: dpkg-source.1:614
12213 msgid "This format is experimental."
12216 #. type: Plain text
12217 #: dpkg-source.1:619
12219 "A source package in this format consists of a single bundle of a git "
12220 "repository B<.git> to hold the source of a package. There may also be a B<."
12221 "gitshallow> file listing revisions for a shallow git clone."
12224 #. type: Plain text
12225 #: dpkg-source.1:625
12227 "The bundle is cloned as a git repository to the target directory. If there "
12228 "is a gitshallow file, it is installed as `.git/shallow` inside the cloned "
12232 #. type: Plain text
12233 #: dpkg-source.1:630
12235 "Note that by default the new repository will have the same branch checked "
12236 "out that was checked out in the original source. (Typically \"master\", but "
12237 "it could be anything.) Any other branches will be available under `remotes/"
12241 #. type: Plain text
12242 #: dpkg-source.1:635 dpkg-source.1:668
12244 "Before going any further, some checks are done to ensure that we don't have "
12245 "any non-ignored uncommitted changes."
12248 #. type: Plain text
12249 #: dpkg-source.1:639
12251 "B<git-bundle>(1) is used to generate a bundle of the git repository. By "
12252 "default, all branches and tags in the repository are included in the bundle."
12256 #: dpkg-source.1:641
12258 msgid "B<--git-ref=>I<ref>"
12259 msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>"
12261 #. type: Plain text
12262 #: dpkg-source.1:651
12264 "Allows specifying a git ref to include in the git bundle. Use disables the "
12265 "default behavior of including all branches and tags. May be specified "
12266 "multiple times. The I<ref> can be the name of a branch or tag to include. It "
12267 "may also be any parameter that can be passed to B<git-rev-list>(1). For "
12268 "example, to include only the master branch, use --git-ref=master. To include "
12269 "all tags and branches, except for the private branch, use --git-ref=--all --"
12274 #: dpkg-source.1:651
12276 msgid "B<--git-depth=>I<number>"
12277 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
12279 #. type: Plain text
12280 #: dpkg-source.1:655
12282 "Creates a shallow clone with a history truncated to the specified number of "
12287 #: dpkg-source.1:655
12289 msgid "Format: 3.0 (bzr)"
12292 #. type: Plain text
12293 #: dpkg-source.1:658
12295 "This format is experimental. It generates a single tarball containing the "
12299 #. type: Plain text
12300 #: dpkg-source.1:663
12302 "The tarball is unpacked and then bzr is used to checkout the current branch."
12305 #. type: Plain text
12306 #: dpkg-source.1:672
12308 "Then the VCS specific part of the source directory is copied over to a "
12309 "temporary directory. Before this temporary directory is packed in a tarball, "
12310 "various cleanup are done to save space."
12314 #: dpkg-source.1:672
12316 msgid "WARNINGS AND ERRORS"
12320 #: dpkg-source.1:673
12322 msgid "no source format specified in debian/source/format"
12325 #. type: Plain text
12326 #: dpkg-source.1:679
12328 "The file B<debian/source/format> should always exist and indicate the "
12329 "desired source format. For backwards compatibility, format \"1.0\" is "
12330 "assumed when the file doesn't exist but you should not rely on this: at some "
12331 "point in the future dpkg-source will be modified to fail when that file "
12335 #. type: Plain text
12336 #: dpkg-source.1:685
12338 "The rationale is that format \"1.0\" is no longer the recommended format, "
12339 "you should usually pick one of the newer formats (\"3.0 (quilt)\", \"3.0 "
12340 "(native)\") but B<dpkg-source> will not do this automatically for you. If "
12341 "you want to continue using the old format, you should be explicit about it "
12342 "and put \"1.0\" in B<debian/source/format>."
12346 #: dpkg-source.1:685
12348 msgid "the diff modifies the following upstream files"
12351 #. type: Plain text
12352 #: dpkg-source.1:692
12354 "When using source format \"1.0\" it is usually a bad idea to modify upstream "
12355 "files directly as the changes end up hidden and mostly undocumented in the ."
12356 "diff.gz file. Instead you should store your changes as patches in the debian "
12357 "directory and apply them at build-time. To avoid this complexity you can "
12358 "also use the format \"3.0 (quilt)\" that offers this natively."
12362 #: dpkg-source.1:692
12364 msgid "cannot represent change to I<file>"
12367 #. type: Plain text
12368 #: dpkg-source.1:698
12370 "Changes to upstream sources are usually stored with patch files, but not all "
12371 "changes can be represented with patches: they can only alter the content of "
12372 "plain text files. If you try replacing a file with something of a different "
12373 "type (for example replacing a plain file with a symlink or a directory), you "
12374 "will get this error message."
12378 #: dpkg-source.1:698
12380 msgid "newly created empty file I<file> will not be represented in diff"
12383 #. type: Plain text
12384 #: dpkg-source.1:701
12386 "Empty files can't be created with patch files. Thus this change is not "
12387 "recorded in the source package and you are warned about it."
12391 #: dpkg-source.1:701
12393 msgid "executable mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
12397 #: dpkg-source.1:702
12399 msgid "special mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
12402 #. type: Plain text
12403 #: dpkg-source.1:706
12405 "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus modified permissions "
12406 "are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you of that fact."
12410 #: dpkg-source.1:706
12412 msgid "FILE FORMATS"
12416 #: dpkg-source.1:707
12418 msgid "debian/source/format"
12421 #. type: Plain text
12422 #: dpkg-source.1:711
12424 "This file contains on a single line the format that should be used to build "
12425 "the source package (possible formats are described above). No leading or "
12426 "trailing spaces are allowed."
12430 #: dpkg-source.1:711
12432 msgid "debian/source/include-binaries"
12433 msgstr "B<--licence>"
12435 #. type: Plain text
12436 #: dpkg-source.1:715
12438 "This file contains a list of binary files (one per line) that should be "
12439 "included in the debian tarball. Leading and trailing spaces are stripped. "
12440 "Lines starting with \"#\" are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are "
12445 #: dpkg-source.1:715
12447 msgid "debian/source/options"
12448 msgstr "B<--licence>"
12450 #. type: Plain text
12451 #: dpkg-source.1:721
12453 "This file contains a list of long options that should be automatically "
12454 "prepended to the set of command line options of a B<dpkg-source -b> or "
12455 "B<dpkg-source --print-format> call. Options like B<--compression> and B<--"
12456 "compression-level> are well suited for this file."
12459 #. type: Plain text
12460 #: dpkg-source.1:727
12462 "Each option should be put on a separate line. Empty lines and lines starting "
12463 "with \"#\" are ignored. The leading \"--\" should be stripped and short "
12464 "options are not allowed. Optional spaces are allowed around the \"=\" symbol "
12465 "and optional quotes are allowed around the value. Here's an example of such "
12469 #. type: Plain text
12470 #: dpkg-source.1:735
12473 " # let dpkg-source create a debian.tar.bz2 with maximal compression\n"
12474 " compression = \"bzip2\"\n"
12475 " compression-level = 9\n"
12476 " # use debian/patches/debian-changes as automatic patch\n"
12477 " single-debian-patch\n"
12478 " # ignore changes on config.{sub,guess}\n"
12479 " extend-diff-ignore = \"(^|/)(config.sub|config.guess)$\"\n"
12482 #. type: Plain text
12483 #: dpkg-source.1:738
12485 "Note: B<format> options are not accepted in this file, you should use "
12486 "B<debian/source/format> instead."
12490 #: dpkg-source.1:738
12492 msgid "debian/source/local-options"
12493 msgstr "B<--licence>"
12495 #. type: Plain text
12496 #: dpkg-source.1:743
12498 "Exactly like B<debian/source/options> except that the file is not included "
12499 "in the generated source package. It can be useful to store a preference tied "
12500 "to the maintainer or to the VCS repository where the source package is "
12505 #: dpkg-source.1:743
12507 msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header"
12508 msgstr "B<--licence>"
12511 #: dpkg-source.1:744
12513 msgid "debian/source/patch-header"
12514 msgstr "B<--licence>"
12516 #. type: Plain text
12517 #: dpkg-source.1:748
12519 "Free form text that is put on top of the automatic patch generated in "
12520 "formats \"2.0\" or \"3.0 (quilt)\". B<local-patch-header> is not included in "
12521 "the generated source package while B<patch-header> is."
12525 #: dpkg-source.1:748
12527 msgid "debian/patches/series"
12530 #. type: Plain text
12531 #: dpkg-source.1:757
12533 "This file lists all patches that have to be applied (in the given order) on "
12534 "top of the upstream source package. Leading and trailing spaces are "
12535 "stripped. Lines starting with \"#\" are comments and are skipped. Empty "
12536 "lines are ignored. Remaining lines start with a patch filename (relative to "
12537 "the B<debian/patches/> directory) up to the first space character or the end "
12538 "of line. Optional quilt options can follow up to the end of line or the "
12539 "first \"#\" preceded by one or more spaces (which marks the start of a "
12540 "comment up to the end of line)."
12543 #. type: Plain text
12544 #: dpkg-source.1:763
12546 msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
12547 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
12553 msgstr "dpkg készlet"
12556 #: dpkg-split.1:19 dpkg-statoverride.8:19
12559 msgstr "2006-02-28"
12561 #. type: Plain text
12564 msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool"
12565 msgstr "dpkg-deb - Debian csomag archívum (.deb) kezelő eszköz"
12567 #. type: Plain text
12570 msgid "B<dpkg-split> [I<option>...] I<command>"
12571 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
12573 #. type: Plain text
12576 "B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and "
12577 "reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on "
12578 "small media such as floppy disks."
12581 #. type: Plain text
12584 "It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> "
12588 #. type: Plain text
12591 "It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it "
12592 "maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a "
12593 "package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
12594 "discard> options allow the management of the queue."
12597 #. type: Plain text
12600 "All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages "
12601 "on standard output; these may safely be ignored."
12607 msgid "B<-s>, B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]"
12608 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-fájl-név> ..]"
12610 #. type: Plain text
12612 msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts."
12615 #. type: Plain text
12618 "The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part "
12619 "number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in "
12623 #. type: Plain text
12626 "If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, "
12627 "including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed."
12633 msgid "B<-j>, B<--join> I<part>..."
12634 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
12636 #. type: Plain text
12639 "Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file "
12640 "as it was before it was split."
12643 #. type: Plain text
12646 "The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same "
12647 "original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
12648 "list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order."
12651 #. type: Plain text
12654 "The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size "
12655 "specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been "
12656 "generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>."
12659 #. type: Plain text
12661 msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process."
12664 #. type: Plain text
12667 "By default the output file is called I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<."
12674 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<part>..."
12675 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-fájl-név> ..]"
12677 #. type: Plain text
12680 "Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) "
12681 "specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
12682 "saying so instead (but still on standard output)."
12688 msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I<complete-output part>"
12691 #. type: Plain text
12693 msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible."
12696 #. type: Plain text
12697 #: dpkg-split.1:100
12699 "The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same "
12700 "package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts."
12703 #. type: Plain text
12704 #: dpkg-split.1:107
12706 "If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available "
12707 "then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which "
12708 "should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)."
12711 #. type: Plain text
12712 #: dpkg-split.1:113
12714 "If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is "
12718 #. type: Plain text
12719 #: dpkg-split.1:120
12721 "If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit "
12722 "with status B<1>; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status "
12726 #. type: Plain text
12727 #: dpkg-split.1:127
12729 "The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If "
12730 "this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file "
12735 #: dpkg-split.1:127
12737 msgid "B<-l>, B<--listq>"
12738 msgstr "B<--licence>"
12740 #. type: Plain text
12741 #: dpkg-split.1:130
12742 msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled."
12745 #. type: Plain text
12746 #: dpkg-split.1:134
12748 "For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the "
12749 "name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes "
12750 "stored in the queue."
12754 #: dpkg-split.1:134
12756 msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I<package>...]"
12757 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-f>|B<--field> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-mező-név> ...]"
12759 #. type: Plain text
12760 #: dpkg-split.1:138
12762 "This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts "
12763 "of their packages."
12766 #. type: Plain text
12767 #: dpkg-split.1:143
12769 "If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any "
12770 "are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted."
12774 #: dpkg-split.1:151
12776 msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>"
12779 #. type: Plain text
12780 #: dpkg-split.1:156
12782 "Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic "
12783 "reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>."
12787 #: dpkg-split.1:156
12789 msgid "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I<kibibytes>"
12790 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
12792 #. type: Plain text
12793 #: dpkg-split.1:160
12795 "Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kibibytes (1024 bytes). "
12796 "The default is 450 KiB."
12800 #: dpkg-split.1:160
12802 msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<complete-output>"
12805 #. type: Plain text
12806 #: dpkg-split.1:163
12807 msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly."
12810 #. type: Plain text
12811 #: dpkg-split.1:168
12813 "This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is "
12814 "mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)."
12818 #: dpkg-split.1:168
12820 msgid "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>"
12823 #. type: Plain text
12824 #: dpkg-split.1:179
12826 "When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a "
12827 "message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
12828 "option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope "
12829 "with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages."
12833 #: dpkg-split.1:179
12838 #. type: Plain text
12839 #: dpkg-split.1:184
12841 "Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible."
12844 #. type: Plain text
12845 #: dpkg-split.1:190
12847 "This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename "
12848 "or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs "
12849 "are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded."
12852 #. type: Plain text
12853 #: dpkg-split.1:195
12855 "The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the "
12856 "form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated."
12859 #. type: Plain text
12860 #: dpkg-split.1:203
12862 "The requested split, merge, or other command succeeded. B<--info> commands "
12863 "count as successful even if the files are not binary package parts."
12866 #. type: Plain text
12867 #: dpkg-split.1:210
12869 "Only occurs with B<--auto> and indicates that the I<part> file was not a "
12870 "binary package part."
12874 #: dpkg-split.1:210 start-stop-daemon.8:307 update-alternatives.8:395
12879 #. type: Plain text
12880 #: dpkg-split.1:215
12882 "Some kind of trouble happened, such as a system call failure, a file that "
12883 "looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a usage error or some "
12887 #. type: Plain text
12888 #: dpkg-split.1:219
12890 "Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without "
12891 "digging into the queue directory yourself."
12894 #. type: Plain text
12895 #: dpkg-split.1:222
12897 "There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package "
12902 #: dpkg-split.1:224
12904 msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>"
12907 #. type: Plain text
12908 #: dpkg-split.1:228
12910 "The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly."
12913 #. type: Plain text
12914 #: dpkg-split.1:233
12916 "The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-"
12917 "split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the "
12918 "filename format should not be relied upon."
12921 #. type: Plain text
12922 #: dpkg-split.1:238
12924 msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)."
12925 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
12928 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:19
12930 msgid "dpkg-statoverride"
12934 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:19
12936 msgid "Debian project"
12937 msgstr "Debian Project"
12939 #. type: Plain text
12940 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:22
12941 msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files"
12944 #. type: Plain text
12945 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:26
12947 msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<option>...] I<command>"
12948 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
12950 #. type: Plain text
12951 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:36
12953 "`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner "
12954 "or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' "
12955 "here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, "
12956 "including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs "
12957 "that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only "
12958 "executable by a certain group."
12961 #. type: Plain text
12962 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:40
12964 "B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
12965 "has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides."
12969 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:42
12971 msgid "B<--add>I< user group mode file>"
12974 #. type: Plain text
12975 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:50
12977 "Add an override for I<file>. I<file> does not need to exist when this "
12978 "command is used; the override will be stored and used later. Users and "
12979 "groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> or B<nobody>), or "
12980 "by their number by prepending the number with a `B<#>' (for example B<#0> or "
12981 "B<#65534>). The I<mode> needs to be specified in octal."
12984 #. type: Plain text
12985 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:53
12987 "If --update is specified and I<file> exists, it is immediately set to the "
12988 "new owner and mode."
12991 #. type: Plain text
12992 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:57
12994 "Remove an override for I<file>, the status of I<file> is left unchanged by "
12999 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:57
13001 msgid "B<--list> [I<glob-pattern>]"
13004 #. type: Plain text
13005 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:62
13007 "List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to "
13008 "overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the "
13009 "glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1."
13012 #. type: Plain text
13013 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:74
13015 "Change the I<directory> of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is "
13016 "also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>."
13020 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:74 update-alternatives.8:353
13023 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
13025 #. type: Plain text
13026 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:78
13028 "Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This "
13029 "is necessary to override an existing override."
13033 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:78
13035 msgid "B<--update>"
13038 #. type: Plain text
13039 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:82
13041 "Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists."
13044 #. type: Plain text
13045 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:85
13046 msgid "Be less verbose about what we do."
13050 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:93
13052 msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>"
13055 #. type: Plain text
13056 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:98
13058 "File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is "
13059 "located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files "
13060 "important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'."
13063 #. type: Plain text
13064 #: dpkg-statoverride.8:101
13066 "Note: B<dpkg-statoverride> preserves the old copy of this file, with "
13067 "extension \"-old\", before replacing it with the new one."
13071 #: dpkg-trigger.1:18
13073 msgid "dpkg-trigger"
13076 #. type: Plain text
13077 #: dpkg-trigger.1:21
13078 msgid "dpkg-trigger - a package trigger utility"
13081 #. type: Plain text
13082 #: dpkg-trigger.1:25
13084 msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<trigger-name>"
13085 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
13087 #. type: Plain text
13088 #: dpkg-trigger.1:28
13090 msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<command>"
13091 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
13094 #. type: Plain text
13095 #: dpkg-trigger.1:32
13097 "B<dpkg-trigger> is a tool to explicitly activate triggers and check for its "
13098 "support on the running B<dpkg>."
13101 #. type: Plain text
13102 #: dpkg-trigger.1:38
13104 "This can be used by maintainer scripts in complex and conditional situations "
13105 "where the file triggers, or the declarative B<activate> triggers control "
13106 "file directive, are insufficiently rich. It can also be used for testing and "
13107 "by system administrators (but note that the triggers won't actually be run "
13108 "by B<dpkg-trigger>)."
13111 #. type: Plain text
13112 #: dpkg-trigger.1:40
13113 msgid "Unrecognized trigger name syntaxes are an error for B<dpkg-trigger>."
13117 #: dpkg-trigger.1:42
13119 msgid "B<--check-supported>"
13120 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
13122 #. type: Plain text
13123 #: dpkg-trigger.1:48
13125 "Check if the running B<dpkg> supports triggers (usually called from a "
13126 "postinst). Will exit B<0> if a triggers-capable B<dpkg> has run, or B<1> "
13127 "with an error message to stderr if not. Normally, however, it is better just "
13128 "to activate the desired trigger with B<dpkg-trigger>."
13132 #: dpkg-trigger.1:60
13134 msgid "B<--by-package=>I<package>"
13135 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>"
13137 #. type: Plain text
13138 #: dpkg-trigger.1:66
13140 "Override trigger awaiter (normally set by B<dpkg> through the "
13141 "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> environment variable of the maintainer scripts, "
13142 "naming the package to which the script belongs, and this will be used by "
13147 #: dpkg-trigger.1:66
13149 msgid "B<--no-await>"
13152 #. type: Plain text
13153 #: dpkg-trigger.1:73
13155 "This option arranges that the calling package T (if any) need not await the "
13156 "processing of this trigger; the interested package(s) I, will not be added "
13157 "to T's trigger processing awaited list and T's status is unchanged. T may "
13158 "be considered installed even though I may not yet have processed the trigger."
13162 #: dpkg-trigger.1:73
13164 msgid "B<--no-act>"
13165 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
13167 #. type: Plain text
13168 #: dpkg-trigger.1:76
13169 msgid "Just test, do not actually change anything."
13172 #. type: Plain text
13173 #: dpkg-trigger.1:86
13176 "B<dpkg>(1), B<deb-triggers>(5), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>."
13177 msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)."
13180 #: dpkg-vendor.1:18
13182 msgid "dpkg-vendor"
13185 #. type: Plain text
13186 #: dpkg-vendor.1:21
13187 msgid "dpkg-vendor - queries information about distribution vendors"
13190 #. type: Plain text
13191 #: dpkg-vendor.1:25
13193 msgid "B<dpkg-vendor> [I<option>...] I<command>"
13194 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
13196 #. type: Plain text
13197 #: dpkg-vendor.1:30
13199 "B<dpkg-vendor> is a tool to query information about vendors listed in B</etc/"
13200 "dpkg/origins>. B</etc/dpkg/origins/default> contains information about the "
13205 #: dpkg-vendor.1:32
13207 msgid "B<--is>I< vendor>"
13208 msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>"
13210 #. type: Plain text
13211 #: dpkg-vendor.1:36
13213 "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor is I<vendor>. Otherwise exits with non-"
13218 #: dpkg-vendor.1:36
13220 msgid "B<--derives-from>I< vendor>"
13221 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>elsőbbségE<gt>"
13223 #. type: Plain text
13224 #: dpkg-vendor.1:41
13226 "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor distribution is a derivative of "
13227 "I<vendor>, otherwise exits with non-zero. It uses the \"Parent\" field to "
13228 "browse all ancestors of the current vendor."
13232 #: dpkg-vendor.1:41
13234 msgid "B<--query>I< field>"
13235 msgstr "B<--version>"
13237 #. type: Plain text
13238 #: dpkg-vendor.1:45
13240 "Print on standard output the value of the vendor-specific I<field> for the "
13245 #: dpkg-vendor.1:53
13247 msgid "B<--vendor>I< vendor>"
13248 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>elsőbbségE<gt>"
13250 #. type: Plain text
13251 #: dpkg-vendor.1:58
13253 "Assumes the current vendor is I<vendor> instead of discovering it with the "
13254 "B<DEB_VENDOR> environment variable or B</etc/dpkg/origins/default>."
13258 #: dpkg-vendor.1:60
13260 msgid "B<DEB_VENDOR>"
13263 #. type: Plain text
13264 #: dpkg-vendor.1:64
13266 "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the "
13267 "current vendor by reading B</etc/dpkg/origins/default>."
13270 #. type: Plain text
13271 #: dpkg-vendor.1:66
13272 msgid "B<deb-origin>(5)."
13279 msgstr "dselect.cfg"
13284 #| msgid "2006-02-28"
13286 msgstr "2006-02-28"
13288 #. type: Plain text
13291 msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend"
13292 msgstr "deb-control - Debian csomag fő kontroll fájl formátum"
13294 #. type: Plain text
13297 msgid "B<dselect> [I<option>...] [I<action>]"
13298 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
13300 #. type: Plain text
13305 "is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n"
13306 "system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n"
13307 " - Update the list of available package versions,\n"
13308 " - View the status of installed and available packages,\n"
13309 " - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n"
13310 " - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n"
13313 #. type: Plain text
13316 "B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian "
13317 "package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
13318 "with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator "
13319 "privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access "
13320 "methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information "
13321 "and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used "
13322 "access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the "
13323 "internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is "
13324 "I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>."
13327 #. type: Plain text
13330 "Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
13331 "presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as "
13332 "argument, then that action is started immediately. Several command line "
13333 "parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> "
13334 "or show additional information about the program."
13337 #. type: Plain text
13340 "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dselect> "
13341 "configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg> or the files on the "
13342 "configuration directory I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg.d/>. Each line in the "
13343 "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line "
13344 "option but without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)."
13347 #. type: Plain text
13350 "Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar "
13351 "files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there "
13352 "shouldn't be any need to change it."
13358 #| msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>"
13359 msgid "B<--debug>I< file >|I< >B<-D>I<file>"
13360 msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>"
13362 #. type: Plain text
13364 msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<file>."
13370 msgid "B<--expert>"
13373 #. type: Plain text
13376 "Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages."
13382 msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+...>]]"
13385 #. type: Plain text
13388 "Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. "
13389 "This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). "
13390 "Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of "
13391 "the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:"
13400 #. type: Plain text
13402 msgid "The screen title."
13408 msgid "B<listhead>"
13411 #. type: Plain text
13413 msgid "The header line above the list of packages."
13422 #. type: Plain text
13424 msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)."
13433 #. type: Plain text
13435 msgid "The selected item in the list."
13441 msgid "B<pkgstate>"
13444 #. type: Plain text
13447 "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each "
13454 msgid "B<pkgstatesel>"
13457 #. type: Plain text
13460 "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the "
13461 "currently selected package."
13467 msgid "B<infohead>"
13468 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
13470 #. type: Plain text
13473 "The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package."
13479 msgid "B<infodesc>"
13480 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
13482 #. type: Plain text
13484 msgid "The package's short description."
13491 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
13493 #. type: Plain text
13495 msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description."
13501 msgid "B<infofoot>"
13504 #. type: Plain text
13506 msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages."
13515 #. type: Plain text
13517 msgid "Used to display query lines"
13523 msgid "B<helpscreen>"
13526 #. type: Plain text
13528 msgid "Color of help screens."
13531 #. type: Plain text
13534 "After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You "
13535 "can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, "
13536 "overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names."
13539 #. type: Plain text
13542 "Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute "
13543 "specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus "
13544 "(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work "
13545 "on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, "
13549 #. type: Plain text
13551 msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully."
13554 #. type: Plain text
13556 msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
13559 #. type: Plain text
13562 "When B<dselect> is started it can perform the following actions, either "
13563 "directly if it was specified on the command line or by prompting the user "
13564 "with a menu of available actions if running interactively:"
13573 #. type: Plain text
13575 msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories."
13578 #. type: Plain text
13581 "By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<cdrom>, "
13582 "I<multi_cd>, I<nfs>, I<multi_nfs>, I<harddisk>, I<mounted>, I<multi_mount>, "
13583 "I<floppy> or I<ftp>, but other packages may provide additional methods, eg. "
13584 "the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package."
13587 #. type: Plain text
13589 msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended."
13598 #. type: Plain text
13600 msgid "Refresh the available packages database."
13603 #. type: Plain text
13606 "Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, "
13607 "configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
13608 "package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named "
13609 "I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository "
13610 "maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)."
13613 #. type: Plain text
13616 "Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. "
13617 "Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction."
13624 msgstr "dselect.cfg"
13626 #. type: Plain text
13628 msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies."
13631 #. type: Plain text
13634 "This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
13635 "review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
13636 "administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change "
13637 "packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
13638 "changes to other depending or conflicting packages."
13641 #. type: Plain text
13644 "When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution "
13645 "subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
13646 "depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its "
13647 "listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, "
13648 "override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created "
13649 "the unresolved depends or conflicts."
13652 #. type: Plain text
13655 "The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained "
13656 "in more detail below."
13665 #. type: Plain text
13667 msgid "Installs selected packages."
13670 #. type: Plain text
13673 "The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages "
13674 "from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending "
13675 "on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched "
13676 "before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also "
13677 "remove packages that were marked for removal."
13680 #. type: Plain text
13683 "If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install "
13684 "again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems "
13685 "persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into "
13686 "the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking "
13687 "system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian."
13688 "org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if "
13689 "these are installed."
13692 #. type: Plain text
13695 "Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. "
13696 "The user's attention and input may be required during installation, "
13697 "configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts "
13698 "in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, "
13699 "allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups."
13708 #. type: Plain text
13710 msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages."
13719 #. type: Plain text
13721 msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal."
13730 #. type: Plain text
13733 msgid "Quit B<dselect>"
13734 msgstr "B<dselect>(1)."
13736 #. type: Plain text
13738 msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode."
13744 msgid "Package selections management"
13750 msgid "Introduction"
13753 #. type: Plain text
13756 "B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities "
13757 "involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
13758 "For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian "
13759 "package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> "
13760 "is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only "
13761 "instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient "
13762 "substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required "
13763 "to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In "
13764 "case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, "
13765 "contained in the B<debian-policy> package."
13768 #. type: Plain text
13771 "Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first "
13772 "displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
13773 "advised to study all of the information presented in the online help "
13774 "screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be "
13775 "invoked with the B<'?'> key."
13781 msgid "Screen layout"
13784 #. type: Plain text
13787 "The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top "
13788 "half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
13789 "package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group "
13790 "header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
13791 "currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that "
13792 "is displayed can be varied."
13795 #. type: Plain text
13798 "Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, "
13799 "an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen."
13805 msgid "Package details view"
13808 #. type: Plain text
13812 "The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n"
13813 "for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n"
13814 "The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n"
13815 "alternates between:\n"
13816 " - the extended description\n"
13817 " - the control information for the installed version\n"
13818 " - the control information for the available version\n"
13821 #. type: Plain text
13824 "In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing "
13825 "the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and "
13826 "causing it to be listed."
13832 msgid "Packages status list"
13835 #. type: Plain text
13838 "The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian "
13839 "package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
13840 "and packages known from the available packages database."
13843 #. type: Plain text
13846 "For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, "
13847 "installed and available versions, the package name and its short "
13848 "description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the "
13849 "installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
13850 "pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between "
13851 "verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default."
13854 #. type: Plain text
13857 "The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which "
13858 "should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and "
13859 "the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of "
13860 "the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user."
13863 #. type: Plain text
13867 "These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n"
13869 " I<empty> no error\n"
13870 " B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n"
13871 " Installed state:\n"
13872 " I<empty> not installed;\n"
13873 " B<*> fully installed and configured;\n"
13874 " B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n"
13875 " B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n"
13876 " B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n"
13877 " B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n"
13878 " Current and requested selections:\n"
13879 " B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n"
13880 " B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n"
13881 " B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n"
13882 " B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n"
13883 " B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n"
13889 msgid "Cursor and screen movement"
13892 #. type: Plain text
13895 "The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens "
13896 "can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:"
13899 #. type: Plain text
13903 " B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n"
13904 " B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n"
13905 " B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n"
13906 " B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n"
13907 " B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n"
13908 " B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n"
13909 " B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n"
13910 " B<e, End> jump to end of list\n"
13911 " B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n"
13912 " B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n"
13913 " B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n"
13914 " B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n"
13915 " B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n"
13916 " B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n"
13917 " B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n"
13918 " B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n"
13924 msgid "Searching and sorting"
13927 #. type: Plain text
13930 "The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
13931 "pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is "
13932 "interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the "
13933 "search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/"
13934 "i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes "
13935 "like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly "
13936 "pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If "
13937 "the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues "
13938 "searching from there."
13941 #. type: Plain text
13945 "The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n"
13946 "the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n"
13947 "The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n"
13948 " alphabet available status\n"
13949 " priority+section available+priority status+priority\n"
13950 " section+priority available+section status+section\n"
13953 #. type: Plain text
13956 "Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final "
13957 "subordering sort key."
13963 msgid "Altering selections"
13966 #. type: Plain text
13970 "The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n"
13971 "altered with the following commands:\n"
13972 " B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n"
13973 " B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n"
13974 " B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n"
13975 " B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n"
13976 " B<_> remove & purge configuration\n"
13979 #. type: Plain text
13982 "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
13983 "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
13984 "This will be further explained below."
13987 #. type: Plain text
13990 "It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, "
13991 "by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
13992 "packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings."
13995 #. type: Plain text
13998 "Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, "
13999 "because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends "
14000 "or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution "
14001 "screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
14002 "operations are useful when applied to groups."
14008 msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts"
14011 #. type: Plain text
14014 "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
14015 "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
14016 "First however, an informative help screen is displayed."
14019 #. type: Plain text
14022 "The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved "
14023 "depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the "
14024 "packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose "
14025 "removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show "
14026 "the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be "
14030 #. type: Plain text
14033 "When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have "
14034 "already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, "
14035 "in order to resolve the depends or conflicts that caused the dependency "
14036 "resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
14037 "suggestions made by B<dselect>."
14040 #. type: Plain text
14043 "The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original "
14044 "settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were "
14045 "created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the "
14046 "automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency "
14047 "resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing "
14048 "B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values."
14054 msgid "Establishing the requested selections"
14057 #. type: Plain text
14060 "By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. "
14061 "If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested "
14062 "selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any "
14063 "unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency "
14064 "resolution screen."
14067 #. type: Plain text
14070 "To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts "
14071 "and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the "
14072 "selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
14073 "this unless you've read the fine print."
14076 #. type: Plain text
14079 "The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back "
14080 "to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or "
14081 "B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
14082 "changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to "
14083 "the last established settings."
14086 #. type: Plain text
14089 "If you mistakenly establish some settings and wish to revert all the "
14090 "selections to what is currently installed on the system, press the B<'C'> "
14091 "key. This is somewhat similar to using the unhold command on all packages, "
14092 "but provides a more obvious panic button in cases where the user pressed "
14093 "B<enter> by accident."
14096 #. type: Plain text
14099 "If set, B<dselect> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
14100 "specific configuration file."
14103 #. type: Plain text
14106 "The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. "
14107 "Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry."
14110 #. type: Plain text
14112 msgid "The documentation is lacking."
14115 #. type: Plain text
14117 msgid "There is no help option in the main menu."
14120 #. type: Plain text
14122 msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced."
14125 #. type: Plain text
14128 "The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality "
14129 "standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, "
14130 "it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
14133 #. type: Plain text
14135 msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)."
14139 #: dselect.cfg.5:19
14141 msgid "dselect.cfg"
14142 msgstr "dselect.cfg"
14145 #: dselect.cfg.5:19
14148 msgstr "2006-02-28"
14150 #. type: Plain text
14151 #: dselect.cfg.5:22
14152 msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file"
14153 msgstr "dselect.cfg - dselect konfigurációs fájl"
14155 #. type: Plain text
14156 #: dselect.cfg.5:29
14159 #| "This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a "
14160 #| "single option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option "
14161 #| "for dselect except for the leading dashes which are not used here. "
14162 #| "Comments are allowed by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")."
14164 "This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single "
14165 "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dselect "
14166 "except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
14167 "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
14168 "hash sign (\"B<#>\")."
14170 "E fájl tartalmazza a dselect alapbeállításait. Minden sor 1 lehetőséget "
14171 "tartalmaz, mely pontosan megfelel a sima parancssoros dpkg lehetőségeknek "
14172 "kivéve a vezető kötőjeleket, melyek itt nincsenek. Megjegyzések egy sor "
14173 "elején a (\"B<#>\") jellel lehetségesek."
14175 #. type: Plain text
14176 #: dselect.cfg.5:32
14178 #| msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>"
14179 msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
14180 msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>"
14182 #. type: Plain text
14183 #: dselect.cfg.5:34
14184 msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>"
14185 msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>"
14187 #. type: Plain text
14188 #: dselect.cfg.5:36
14189 msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>"
14190 msgstr "I<~/.dselect.cfg>"
14192 #. type: Plain text
14193 #: dselect.cfg.5:40
14195 "See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have "
14196 "contributed to B<dselect>."
14198 "Lásd a I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> fájlt, melyben a B<dselect> készítését "
14199 "segítő személyek listája található."
14201 #. type: Plain text
14202 #: dselect.cfg.5:42
14203 msgid "B<dselect>(1)."
14204 msgstr "B<dselect>(1)."
14207 #: start-stop-daemon.8:23
14209 msgid "start-stop-daemon"
14213 #: start-stop-daemon.8:23
14216 msgstr "2006-02-28"
14218 #. type: Plain text
14219 #: start-stop-daemon.8:26
14220 msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs"
14223 #. type: Plain text
14224 #: start-stop-daemon.8:30
14226 msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<option>...] I<command>"
14227 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
14229 #. type: Plain text
14230 #: start-stop-daemon.8:36
14232 "B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of "
14233 "system-level processes. Using one of the matching options, B<start-stop-"
14234 "daemon> can be configured to find existing instances of a running process."
14237 #. type: Plain text
14238 #: start-stop-daemon.8:55
14240 "Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar "
14241 "to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking "
14242 "for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if "
14243 "specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the "
14244 "daemon. All matching processes will be sent the TERM signal (or the one "
14245 "specified via B<--signal> or B<--retry>) if B<--stop> is specified. For "
14246 "daemons which have long-lived children which need to live through a B<--"
14247 "stop>, you must specify a pidfile."
14251 #: start-stop-daemon.8:57
14253 msgid "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
14254 msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>"
14256 #. type: Plain text
14257 #: start-stop-daemon.8:74
14259 "Check for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, "
14260 "B<start-stop-daemon> does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--"
14261 "oknodo> is specified). If such a process does not exist, it starts an "
14262 "instance, using either the executable specified by B<--exec> or, if "
14263 "specified, by B<--startas>. Any arguments given after B<--> on the command "
14264 "line are passed unmodified to the program being started."
14268 #: start-stop-daemon.8:74
14270 msgid "B<-K>, B<--stop>"
14271 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
14273 #. type: Plain text
14274 #: start-stop-daemon.8:92
14276 "Checks for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, "
14277 "B<start-stop-daemon> sends it the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits "
14278 "with error status 0. If such a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> "
14279 "exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is "
14280 "specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have "
14285 #: start-stop-daemon.8:92
14287 msgid "B<-T>, B<--status>"
14288 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
14290 #. type: Plain text
14291 #: start-stop-daemon.8:96
14293 "Check for the existence of a specified process, and returns an exit status "
14294 "code, according to the LSB Init Script Actions."
14298 #: start-stop-daemon.8:96
14300 msgid "B<-H>, B<--help>"
14301 msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>"
14303 #. type: Plain text
14304 #: start-stop-daemon.8:99
14305 msgid "Show usage information and exit."
14309 #: start-stop-daemon.8:99
14311 msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>"
14312 msgstr "B<--version>"
14314 #. type: Plain text
14315 #: start-stop-daemon.8:102
14317 msgid "Show the program version and exit."
14318 msgstr "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> verziószámát."
14321 #: start-stop-daemon.8:103
14323 msgid "MATCHING OPTIONS"
14324 msgstr "MŰVELETI LEHETŐSÉGEK"
14327 #: start-stop-daemon.8:104
14329 msgid "B<-p>, B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>"
14332 #. type: Plain text
14333 #: start-stop-daemon.8:109
14335 "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>. Note: using this "
14336 "matching option alone might cause unintended processes to be acted on, if "
14337 "the old process terminated without being able to remove the I<pid-file>."
14341 #: start-stop-daemon.8:109
14343 msgid "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<executable>"
14346 #. type: Plain text
14347 #: start-stop-daemon.8:116
14349 "Check for processes that are instances of this I<executable>. The "
14350 "I<executable> argument should be an absolute pathname. Note: this might not "
14351 "work as intended with interpreted scripts, as the executable will point to "
14352 "the interpreter. Take into account processes running from inside a chroot "
14353 "will also be matched, so other match restrictions might be needed."
14357 #: start-stop-daemon.8:116
14359 msgid "B<-n>, B<--name> I<process-name>"
14362 #. type: Plain text
14363 #: start-stop-daemon.8:123
14365 "Check for processes with the name I<process-name>. The I<process-name> is "
14366 "usually the process filename, but it could have been changed by the process "
14367 "itself. Note: on most systems this information is retrieved from the process "
14368 "comm name from the kernel, which tends to have a relatively short length "
14369 "limit (assuming more than 15 characters is non-portable)."
14373 #: start-stop-daemon.8:123
14375 msgid "B<-u>, B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
14378 #. type: Plain text
14379 #: start-stop-daemon.8:128
14381 "Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>. "
14382 "Note: using this matching option alone will cause all processes matching the "
14383 "user to be acted on."
14387 #: start-stop-daemon.8:130
14389 msgid "B<-g>, B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
14392 #. type: Plain text
14393 #: start-stop-daemon.8:133
14394 msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process."
14398 #: start-stop-daemon.8:133
14400 msgid "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>"
14401 msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>"
14403 #. type: Plain text
14404 #: start-stop-daemon.8:138
14406 "With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped "
14411 #: start-stop-daemon.8:138
14413 msgid "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
14416 #. type: Plain text
14417 #: start-stop-daemon.8:148
14419 "With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the "
14420 "process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
14421 "processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
14422 "then take further action as determined by the schedule."
14425 #. type: Plain text
14426 #: start-stop-daemon.8:159
14428 "If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule>, then the schedule "
14429 "I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the "
14430 "signal specified with B<--signal>."
14433 #. type: Plain text
14434 #: start-stop-daemon.8:175
14436 "I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); "
14437 "each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means "
14438 "to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds "
14439 "for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the "
14440 "schedule forever if necessary."
14443 #. type: Plain text
14444 #: start-stop-daemon.8:185
14446 "If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then "
14447 "B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, "
14448 "then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored."
14452 #: start-stop-daemon.8:185
14454 msgid "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<pathname>"
14455 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
14457 #. type: Plain text
14458 #: start-stop-daemon.8:193
14460 "With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not "
14461 "specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>."
14465 #: start-stop-daemon.8:193
14467 msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>"
14468 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
14470 #. type: Plain text
14471 #: start-stop-daemon.8:197
14473 "Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take "
14478 #: start-stop-daemon.8:197
14480 msgid "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>"
14481 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
14483 #. type: Plain text
14484 #: start-stop-daemon.8:200
14485 msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken."
14489 #: start-stop-daemon.8:200
14491 msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
14494 #. type: Plain text
14495 #: start-stop-daemon.8:203
14496 msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages."
14500 #: start-stop-daemon.8:203
14502 msgid "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>[B<:>I<group>|I<gid>]"
14503 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
14505 #. type: Plain text
14506 #: start-stop-daemon.8:221
14508 "Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also "
14509 "specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way "
14510 "as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). If a user is "
14511 "specified without a group, the primary GID for that user is used. When "
14512 "using this option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups "
14513 "are set as well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--"
14514 "group> option is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of "
14515 "(like adding per process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)."
14519 #: start-stop-daemon.8:221
14521 msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>"
14522 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
14524 #. type: Plain text
14525 #: start-stop-daemon.8:227
14527 "Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that "
14528 "the pidfile is also written after the chroot."
14532 #: start-stop-daemon.8:227
14534 msgid "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I<path>"
14535 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
14537 #. type: Plain text
14538 #: start-stop-daemon.8:235
14540 "Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot "
14541 "if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-"
14542 "daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process."
14546 #: start-stop-daemon.8:235
14548 msgid "B<-b>, B<--background>"
14549 msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>"
14551 #. type: Plain text
14552 #: start-stop-daemon.8:247
14554 "Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option "
14555 "will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and "
14556 "force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check "
14557 "the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a "
14558 "last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense "
14559 "forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to "
14560 "do this themselves."
14564 #: start-stop-daemon.8:247
14566 msgid "B<-C>, B<--no-close>"
14567 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
14569 #. type: Plain text
14570 #: start-stop-daemon.8:253
14572 "Do not close any file descriptor when forcing the daemon into the "
14573 "background. Used for debugging purposes to see the process output, or to "
14574 "redirect file descriptors to log the process output. Only relevant when "
14575 "using B<--background>."
14579 #: start-stop-daemon.8:253
14581 msgid "B<-N>, B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
14584 #. type: Plain text
14585 #: start-stop-daemon.8:256
14586 msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it."
14590 #: start-stop-daemon.8:256
14592 msgid "B<-P>, B<--procsched> I<policy>B<:>I<priority>"
14595 #. type: Plain text
14596 #: start-stop-daemon.8:262
14598 "This alters the process scheduler policy and priority of the process before "
14599 "starting it. The priority can be optionally specified by appending a B<:> "
14600 "followed by the value. The default I<priority> is 0. The currently supported "
14601 "policy values are B<other>, B<fifo> and B<rr>."
14605 #: start-stop-daemon.8:262
14607 msgid "B<-I>, B<--iosched> I<class>B<:>I<priority>"
14608 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-I>|B<--info> I<archívum> [I<ellenőrző-fájl-név> ..]"
14610 #. type: Plain text
14611 #: start-stop-daemon.8:269
14613 "This alters the IO scheduler class and priority of the process before "
14614 "starting it. The priority can be optionally specified by appending a B<:> "
14615 "followed by the value. The default I<priority> is 4, unless I<class> is "
14616 "B<idle>, then I<priority> will always be 7. The currently supported values "
14617 "for I<class> are B<idle>, B<best-effort> and B<real-time>."
14621 #: start-stop-daemon.8:269
14623 msgid "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<mask>"
14624 msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>"
14626 #. type: Plain text
14627 #: start-stop-daemon.8:272
14628 msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it."
14632 #: start-stop-daemon.8:272
14634 msgid "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>"
14635 msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>"
14637 #. type: Plain text
14638 #: start-stop-daemon.8:287
14640 "Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This "
14641 "option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--"
14642 "pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, "
14643 "the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This "
14644 "feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being "
14645 "executed forks from its main process. Because of this, it is usually only "
14646 "useful when combined with the B<--background> option."
14649 #. type: Plain text
14650 #: start-stop-daemon.8:290
14651 msgid "Print verbose informational messages."
14654 #. type: Plain text
14655 #: start-stop-daemon.8:302
14657 "The requested action was performed. If B<--oknodo> was specified, it's also "
14658 "possible that nothing had to be done. This can happen when B<--start> was "
14659 "specified and a matching process was already running, or when B<--stop> was "
14660 "specified and there were no matching processes."
14663 #. type: Plain text
14664 #: start-stop-daemon.8:307
14665 msgid "If B<--oknodo> was not specified and nothing was done."
14668 #. type: Plain text
14669 #: start-stop-daemon.8:315
14671 "If B<--stop> and B<--retry> were specified, but the end of the schedule was "
14672 "reached and the processes were still running."
14676 #: start-stop-daemon.8:315 start-stop-daemon.8:327
14681 #. type: Plain text
14682 #: start-stop-daemon.8:318
14683 msgid "Any other error."
14686 #. type: Plain text
14687 #: start-stop-daemon.8:321
14689 "When using the B<--status> command, the following status codes are returned:"
14692 #. type: Plain text
14693 #: start-stop-daemon.8:324
14694 msgid "Program is running."
14697 #. type: Plain text
14698 #: start-stop-daemon.8:327
14699 msgid "Program is not running and the pid file exists."
14702 #. type: Plain text
14703 #: start-stop-daemon.8:330
14704 msgid "Program is not running."
14708 #: start-stop-daemon.8:330
14713 #. type: Plain text
14714 #: start-stop-daemon.8:333
14715 msgid "Unable to determine program status."
14718 #. type: Plain text
14719 #: start-stop-daemon.8:337
14721 "Start the B<food> daemon, unless one is already running (a process named "
14722 "food, running as user food, with pid in food.pid):"
14725 #. type: Plain text
14726 #: start-stop-daemon.8:342
14729 "start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n"
14730 "\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --startas /usr/sbin/food \\e\n"
14731 "\t--chuid food -- --daemon\n"
14734 #. type: Plain text
14735 #: start-stop-daemon.8:345
14736 msgid "Send B<SIGTERM> to B<food> and wait up to 5 seconds for it to stop:"
14739 #. type: Plain text
14740 #: start-stop-daemon.8:349
14743 "start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n"
14744 "\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --retry 5\n"
14747 #. type: Plain text
14748 #: start-stop-daemon.8:352
14749 msgid "Demonstration of a custom schedule for stopping B<food>:"
14752 #. type: Plain text
14753 #: start-stop-daemon.8:356
14756 "start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n"
14757 "\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --retry=TERM/30/KILL/5\n"
14761 #: update-alternatives.8:25
14763 msgid "update-alternatives"
14767 #: update-alternatives.8:25
14770 msgstr "2006-02-28"
14772 #. type: Plain text
14773 #: update-alternatives.8:28
14775 "update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands"
14778 #. type: Plain text
14779 #: update-alternatives.8:32
14781 msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<option>...] I<command>"
14782 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
14784 #. type: Plain text
14785 #: update-alternatives.8:37
14787 "B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information "
14788 "about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system."
14791 #. type: Plain text
14792 #: update-alternatives.8:45
14794 "It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions "
14795 "to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many "
14796 "systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to "
14797 "the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, "
14798 "but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to "
14799 "invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference."
14802 #. type: Plain text
14803 #: update-alternatives.8:67
14805 "Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in "
14806 "the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable "
14807 "functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator "
14808 "together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. "
14809 "For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed "
14810 "on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/"
14811 "bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator "
14812 "can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the "
14813 "alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested "
14817 #. type: Plain text
14818 #: update-alternatives.8:77
14820 "The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. "
14821 "Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> "
14822 "I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file "
14823 "referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be "
14824 "confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this "
14828 #. type: Plain text
14829 #: update-alternatives.8:89
14831 "When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
14832 "installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update "
14833 "information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-"
14834 "alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> (configure) or B<prerm> "
14835 "(install) scripts in Debian packages."
14838 #. type: Plain text
14839 #: update-alternatives.8:108
14841 "It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronized, so that "
14842 "they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>"
14843 "(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/"
14844 "vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. "
14845 "B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> "
14846 "links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A "
14847 "master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>."
14850 #. type: Plain text
14851 #: update-alternatives.8:117
14853 "Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or "
14854 "manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will "
14855 "automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how "
14856 "to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will retain "
14857 "the choice of the administrator and avoid changing the links (except when "
14858 "something is broken)."
14861 #. type: Plain text
14862 #: update-alternatives.8:126
14864 "Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the "
14865 "system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic "
14866 "settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run "
14867 "on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to "
14871 #. type: Plain text
14872 #: update-alternatives.8:133
14874 "Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is "
14875 "in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will "
14876 "be those which have the highest priority."
14879 #. type: Plain text
14880 #: update-alternatives.8:150
14882 "When using the B<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of "
14883 "the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master "
14884 "alternative name. The current choice is marked with a '*'. You will then be "
14885 "prompted for your choice regarding this link group. Depending on the choice "
14886 "made, the link group might no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will need to "
14887 "use the B<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode (or you "
14888 "can rerun B<--config> and select the entry marked as automatic)."
14891 #. type: Plain text
14892 #: update-alternatives.8:154
14894 "If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the B<--set> option "
14895 "instead (see below)."
14898 #. type: Plain text
14899 #: update-alternatives.8:165
14901 "Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. "
14902 "In other words, the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all "
14903 "involved packages in such case. It is not possible to override some file in "
14904 "a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism."
14908 #: update-alternatives.8:166
14910 msgid "TERMINOLOGY"
14913 #. type: Plain text
14914 #: update-alternatives.8:171
14916 "Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some "
14917 "specific terms will help to explain its operation."
14921 #: update-alternatives.8:171
14923 msgid "generic name (or alternative link)"
14926 #. type: Plain text
14927 #: update-alternatives.8:177
14929 "A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, "
14930 "to one of a number of files of similar function."
14934 #: update-alternatives.8:177
14936 msgid "alternative name"
14939 #. type: Plain text
14940 #: update-alternatives.8:180
14941 msgid "The name of a symbolic link in the alternatives directory."
14945 #: update-alternatives.8:180
14947 msgid "alternative (or alternative path)"
14950 #. type: Plain text
14951 #: update-alternatives.8:184
14953 "The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible "
14954 "via a generic name using the alternatives system."
14958 #: update-alternatives.8:184
14960 msgid "alternatives directory"
14963 #. type: Plain text
14964 #: update-alternatives.8:189
14965 msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks."
14969 #: update-alternatives.8:189
14971 msgid "administrative directory"
14974 #. type: Plain text
14975 #: update-alternatives.8:196
14977 "A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-"
14978 "alternatives>' state information."
14982 #: update-alternatives.8:196
14987 #. type: Plain text
14988 #: update-alternatives.8:199
14989 msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group."
14993 #: update-alternatives.8:199
14995 msgid "master link"
14998 #. type: Plain text
14999 #: update-alternatives.8:203
15001 "The alternative link in a link group which determines how the other links in "
15002 "the group are configured."
15006 #: update-alternatives.8:203
15011 #. type: Plain text
15012 #: update-alternatives.8:207
15014 "An alternative link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of "
15019 #: update-alternatives.8:207
15021 msgid "automatic mode"
15024 #. type: Plain text
15025 #: update-alternatives.8:213
15027 "When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that "
15028 "the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate "
15033 #: update-alternatives.8:213
15035 msgid "manual mode"
15038 #. type: Plain text
15039 #: update-alternatives.8:218
15041 "When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make "
15042 "any changes to the system administrator's settings."
15046 #: update-alternatives.8:220
15048 msgid "B<--install> I<link name path priority> [B<--slave> I<link name path>]..."
15051 #. type: Plain text
15052 #: update-alternatives.8:239
15054 "Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<link> is the generic name for "
15055 "the master link, I<name> is the name of its symlink in the alternatives "
15056 "directory, and I<path> is the alternative being introduced for the master "
15057 "link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, symlink name in "
15058 "the alternatives directory and the alternative path for a slave link. Zero "
15059 "or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, may be "
15060 "specified. Note that the master alternative must exist or the call will "
15061 "fail. However if a slave alternative doesn't exist, the corresponding slave "
15062 "alternative link will simply not be installed (a warning will still be "
15063 "displayed). If some real file is installed where an alternative link has to "
15064 "be installed, it is kept unless B<--force> is used."
15067 #. type: Plain text
15068 #: update-alternatives.8:250
15070 "If the alternative name specified exists already in the alternatives "
15071 "system's records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of "
15072 "alternatives for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, "
15073 "will be added with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and "
15074 "the newly added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed "
15075 "alternatives for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the "
15076 "newly added alternatives."
15080 #: update-alternatives.8:250
15082 msgid "B<--set> I<name path>"
15085 #. type: Plain text
15086 #: update-alternatives.8:259
15088 "Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to "
15089 "B<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable."
15093 #: update-alternatives.8:259
15095 msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>"
15098 #. type: Plain text
15099 #: update-alternatives.8:280
15101 "Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a "
15102 "name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to "
15103 "which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
15104 "I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative (and the "
15105 "group is put back in automatic mode), or removed if there is no such "
15106 "alternative left. Associated slave links will be updated or removed, "
15107 "correspondingly. If the link is not currently pointing to I<path>, no links "
15108 "are changed; only the information about the alternative is removed."
15112 #: update-alternatives.8:280
15114 msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
15117 #. type: Plain text
15118 #: update-alternatives.8:285
15120 "Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is "
15121 "a name in the alternatives directory."
15124 #. type: Plain text
15125 #: update-alternatives.8:292
15127 "Call B<--config> on all alternatives. It can be usefully combined with B<--"
15128 "skip-auto> to review and configure all alternatives which are not configured "
15129 "in automatic mode. Broken alternatives are also displayed. Thus a simple "
15130 "way to fix all broken alternatives is to call B<yes \\[aq]\\[aq] | update-"
15131 "alternatives --force --all>."
15135 #: update-alternatives.8:292
15137 msgid "B<--auto> I<name>"
15138 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
15140 #. type: Plain text
15141 #: update-alternatives.8:299
15143 "Switch the link group behind the alternative for I<name> to automatic mode. "
15144 "In the process, the master symlink and its slaves are updated to point to "
15145 "the highest priority installed alternatives."
15149 #: update-alternatives.8:299
15151 msgid "B<--display> I<name>"
15152 msgstr "B<--licence>"
15154 #. type: Plain text
15155 #: update-alternatives.8:308
15157 "Display information about the link group. Information displayed includes "
15158 "the group's mode (auto or manual), which alternative the master link "
15159 "currently points to, what other alternatives are available (and their "
15160 "corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest priority alternative "
15161 "currently installed."
15165 #: update-alternatives.8:308
15167 msgid "B<--get-selections>"
15168 msgstr "B<--version>"
15170 #. type: Plain text
15171 #: update-alternatives.8:316
15173 "List all master alternative names (those controlling a link group) and "
15174 "their status. Each line contains up to 3 fields (separated by one or more "
15175 "spaces). The first field is the alternative name, the second one is the "
15176 "status (either \"auto\" or \"manual\"), and the last one contains the "
15177 "current choice in the alternative (beware: it's a filename and thus might "
15181 #. type: Plain text
15182 #: update-alternatives.8:321
15184 "Read configuration of alternatives on standard input in the format generated "
15185 "by B<update-alternatives --get-selections> and reconfigure them accordingly."
15189 #: update-alternatives.8:321
15191 msgid "B<--query> I<name>"
15192 msgstr "B<--version>"
15194 #. type: Plain text
15195 #: update-alternatives.8:326
15197 "Display information about the link group like --display does, but in a "
15198 "machine parseable way (see section B<QUERY FORMAT> below)."
15202 #: update-alternatives.8:326
15204 msgid "B<--list> I<name>"
15205 msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
15207 #. type: Plain text
15208 #: update-alternatives.8:329
15209 msgid "Display all targets of the link group."
15213 #: update-alternatives.8:329
15215 msgid "B<--config> I<name>"
15216 msgstr "B<--licence>"
15218 #. type: Plain text
15219 #: update-alternatives.8:333
15221 "Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to "
15222 "interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated."
15226 #: update-alternatives.8:341
15228 msgid "B<--altdir>I< directory>"
15229 msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>szakaszE<gt>"
15231 #. type: Plain text
15232 #: update-alternatives.8:345
15234 "Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the "
15238 #. type: Plain text
15239 #: update-alternatives.8:349
15241 "Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from "
15246 #: update-alternatives.8:349
15248 msgid "B<--log>I< file>"
15249 msgstr "B<--licence>"
15251 #. type: Plain text
15252 #: update-alternatives.8:353
15254 "Specifies the log file, when this is to be different from the default (/var/"
15255 "log/alternatives.log)."
15258 #. type: Plain text
15259 #: update-alternatives.8:357
15261 "Let B<update-alternatives> replace or drop any real file that is installed "
15262 "where an alternative link has to be installed or removed."
15266 #: update-alternatives.8:357
15268 msgid "B<--skip-auto>"
15271 #. type: Plain text
15272 #: update-alternatives.8:362
15274 "Skip configuration prompt for alternatives which are properly configured in "
15275 "automatic mode. This option is only relevant with B<--config> or B<--all>."
15279 #: update-alternatives.8:362
15281 msgid "B<--verbose>"
15282 msgstr "B<--version>"
15284 #. type: Plain text
15285 #: update-alternatives.8:367
15286 msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing."
15289 #. type: Plain text
15290 #: update-alternatives.8:370
15291 msgid "Don't generate any comments unless errors occur."
15294 #. type: Plain text
15295 #: update-alternatives.8:376
15297 "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used "
15298 "as the base administrative directory."
15302 #: update-alternatives.8:378
15304 msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>"
15307 #. type: Plain text
15308 #: update-alternatives.8:384
15310 "The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> "
15315 #: update-alternatives.8:384
15317 msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>"
15320 #. type: Plain text
15321 #: update-alternatives.8:390
15323 "The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--"
15324 "admindir> option."
15327 #. type: Plain text
15328 #: update-alternatives.8:395
15329 msgid "The requested action was successfully performed."
15332 #. type: Plain text
15333 #: update-alternatives.8:399
15335 "Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the "
15340 #: update-alternatives.8:400
15342 msgid "QUERY FORMAT"
15345 #. type: Plain text
15346 #: update-alternatives.8:405
15348 "The B<update-alternatives --query> format is using an RFC822-like flat "
15349 "format. It's made of I<n> + 1 blocks where I<n> is the number of "
15350 "alternatives available in the queried link group. The first block contains "
15351 "the following fields:"
15355 #: update-alternatives.8:405
15357 msgid "B<Name:>I< name>"
15358 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
15360 #. type: Plain text
15361 #: update-alternatives.8:408
15362 msgid "The alternative name in the alternative directory."
15366 #: update-alternatives.8:408
15368 msgid "B<Link:>I< link>"
15369 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>forrás névE<gt>"
15371 #. type: Plain text
15372 #: update-alternatives.8:411
15373 msgid "The generic name of the alternative."
15377 #: update-alternatives.8:411 update-alternatives.8:437
15379 msgid "B<Slaves:>I< list-of-slaves>"
15380 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
15382 #. type: Plain text
15383 #: update-alternatives.8:417
15385 "When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave links "
15386 "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per "
15387 "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave "
15388 "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave link."
15392 #: update-alternatives.8:417
15394 msgid "B<Status:>I< status>"
15395 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
15397 #. type: Plain text
15398 #: update-alternatives.8:420
15399 msgid "The status of the alternative (B<auto> or B<manual>)."
15403 #: update-alternatives.8:420
15405 msgid "B<Best:>I< best-choice>"
15406 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
15408 #. type: Plain text
15409 #: update-alternatives.8:424
15411 "The path of the best alternative for this link group. Not present if there "
15412 "is no alternatives available."
15416 #: update-alternatives.8:424
15418 msgid "B<Value:>I< currently-selected-alternative>"
15419 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>forrás névE<gt>"
15421 #. type: Plain text
15422 #: update-alternatives.8:428
15424 "The path of the currently selected alternative. It can also take the magic "
15425 "value B<none>. It is used if the link doesn't exist."
15429 #: update-alternatives.8:429
15431 msgid "The other blocks describe the available alternatives in the queried link group:"
15435 #: update-alternatives.8:431
15437 msgid "B<Alternative:>I< path-of-this-alternative>"
15440 #. type: Plain text
15441 #: update-alternatives.8:434
15442 msgid "Path to this block's alternative."
15446 #: update-alternatives.8:434
15448 msgid "B<Priority:>I< priority-value>"
15449 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>elsőbbségE<gt>"
15451 #. type: Plain text
15452 #: update-alternatives.8:437
15453 msgid "Value of the priority of this alternative."
15456 #. type: Plain text
15457 #: update-alternatives.8:443
15459 "When this header is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave alternatives "
15460 "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per "
15461 "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave "
15462 "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave alternative."
15466 #: update-alternatives.8:444
15471 #. type: Plain text
15472 #: update-alternatives.8:459
15475 "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
15477 "Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
15479 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
15480 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
15481 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
15482 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
15483 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
15485 "Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
15486 "Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
15488 "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
15490 "Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
15492 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
15493 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
15494 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
15495 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
15496 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
15498 "Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
15499 "Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
15501 #. type: Plain text
15502 #: update-alternatives.8:464
15505 "Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
15508 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
15510 "Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
15513 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
15515 #. type: Plain text
15516 #: update-alternatives.8:473
15519 "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
15522 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
15523 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
15524 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
15525 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
15526 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
15528 "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
15531 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
15532 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
15533 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
15534 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
15535 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
15537 #. type: Plain text
15538 #: update-alternatives.8:485
15540 "With B<--verbose> B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its "
15541 "activities on its standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-"
15542 "alternatives> outputs error messages on its standard error channel and "
15543 "returns an exit status of 2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; "
15544 "if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug."
15547 #. type: Plain text
15548 #: update-alternatives.8:491
15550 "There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with "
15551 "B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by the "
15552 "link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the "
15553 "associated manpage."
15556 #. type: Plain text
15557 #: update-alternatives.8:494
15559 "To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current "
15560 "setting for it, use the B<--display> action:"
15563 #. type: Plain text
15564 #: update-alternatives.8:497
15565 msgid "B<update-alternatives --display vi>"
15568 #. type: Plain text
15569 #: update-alternatives.8:501
15571 "To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and "
15572 "then select a number from the list:"
15575 #. type: Plain text
15576 #: update-alternatives.8:504
15577 msgid "B<update-alternatives --config vi>"
15580 #. type: Plain text
15581 #: update-alternatives.8:508
15583 "To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this "
15587 #. type: Plain text
15588 #: update-alternatives.8:511
15589 msgid "B<update-alternatives --auto vi>"
15592 #. type: Plain text
15593 #: update-alternatives.8:515
15595 "If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system."
15598 #. type: Plain text
15599 #: update-alternatives.8:520
15601 "If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> "
15602 "and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the "
15603 "documentation; please report it."
15606 #. type: Plain text
15607 #: update-alternatives.8:523
15608 msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard."
15612 #~ msgid "B<--command-fd >I<n>"
15613 #~ msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>szakaszE<gt>"
15616 #~ msgid "2011-11-27"
15617 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15620 #~ msgid "2011-11-22"
15621 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15624 #~ msgid "B<-u>, B<--udeb>"
15625 #~ msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>"
15628 #~ msgid "B<-S>I<pkgbuilddir>"
15629 #~ msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>"
15632 #~ msgid "2012-01-14"
15633 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15636 #~ msgid "2011-09-13"
15637 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15641 #~ "This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or "
15642 #~ "later for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
15644 #~ "A B<dpkg-deb> és e manoldal szerzője Ian Jackson. Ő adta hozzá a "
15645 #~ "Copyright (C)1995-1996 bejegyzést és adta ki GNU General Public Licence "
15646 #~ "alatt; NINCS GARANCIA. Lásd a I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> és I</usr/"
15647 #~ "share/common-licenses/GPL> fájlt a részletekért."
15650 #~ msgid "2012-01-11"
15651 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15654 #~ msgid "2008-02-17"
15655 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15659 #~ "This is free documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 "
15660 #~ "or later for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY."
15662 #~ "A B<dpkg-deb> és e manoldal szerzője Ian Jackson. Ő adta hozzá a "
15663 #~ "Copyright (C)1995-1996 bejegyzést és adta ki GNU General Public Licence "
15664 #~ "alatt; NINCS GARANCIA. Lásd a I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> és I</usr/"
15665 #~ "share/common-licenses/GPL> fájlt a részletekért."
15668 #~ msgid "2009-02-27"
15669 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15672 #~ msgid "2011-04-29"
15673 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15676 #~ msgid "2007-03-07"
15677 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15680 #~ msgid "2007-07-16"
15681 #~ msgstr "2006-06-17"
15684 #~ msgid "2009-03-15"
15685 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15688 #~ msgid "2011-07-07"
15689 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15692 #~| msgid "2006-02-28"
15693 #~ msgid "2010-04-18"
15694 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15697 #~| msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file"
15698 #~ msgid "Package maintainer configuration file."
15699 #~ msgstr "dselect.cfg - dselect konfigurációs fájl"
15702 #~| msgid "2006-02-28"
15703 #~ msgid "2010-07-29"
15704 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15706 #~ msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
15707 #~ msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>"
15710 #~| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
15711 #~ msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> E<lt>same|foreign|allowedE<gt> "
15712 #~ msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>forrás névE<gt>"
15715 #~ msgid "2008-08-18"
15716 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15719 #~ msgid "B<--new>, B<--old>"
15720 #~ msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
15723 #~ msgid "2009-08-15"
15724 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15727 #~ msgid "2009-11-21"
15728 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15731 #~ msgid "2010-03-07"
15732 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15735 #~| msgid "2006-02-28"
15736 #~ msgid "2010-10-12"
15737 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15740 #~ msgid "2009-08-07"
15741 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15744 #~ msgid "2010-04-16"
15745 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15748 #~ msgid "2009-05-19"
15749 #~ msgstr "2006-06-17"
15752 #~ msgid "2009-10-01"
15753 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15756 #~ msgid "2009-06-26"
15757 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15760 #~ msgid "2009-05-10"
15761 #~ msgstr "2006-06-17"
15764 #~ msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
15765 #~ msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>szakaszE<gt>"
15768 #~ msgid "2009-03-08"
15769 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15772 #~ msgid "2009-02-26"
15773 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15776 #~ msgid "2009-04-13"
15777 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15780 #~ msgid "2007-10-08"
15781 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15784 #~ msgid "2010-04-11"
15785 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15788 #~ msgid "2009-11-12"
15789 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15792 #~ msgid "B<--licence>, B<--license>"
15793 #~ msgstr "B<--licence>"
15796 #~ msgid "2009-06-13"
15797 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15800 #~ msgid "2009-01-07"
15801 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15804 #~ msgid "B<--license>, B<--licence>"
15805 #~ msgstr "B<--licence>"
15808 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--license>"
15809 #~ msgstr "B<--licence>"
15812 #~ msgid "2009-09-06"
15813 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15816 #~ msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>]"
15817 #~ msgstr "B<--licence>"
15820 #~ msgid "2009-08-20"
15821 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15824 #~ msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>"
15825 #~ msgstr "B<--licence>"
15829 #~ msgstr "B<--new>"
15832 #~ msgid "B<--without-quilt>"
15833 #~ msgstr "B<--new>"
15836 #~ msgid "2008-04-09"
15837 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15840 #~ msgid "2007-03-06"
15841 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15844 #~ msgid "2007-06-12"
15845 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15848 #~ msgid "2009-01-04"
15849 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15852 #~ msgid "2009-02-18"
15853 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15856 #~ msgid "B<--remove>"
15857 #~ msgstr "B<--new>"
15860 #~ msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"
15861 #~ msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>"
15864 #~ msgid "B<--keep-old>"
15865 #~ msgstr "B<--old>"
15868 #~ msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
15869 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
15872 #~ msgid "2007-01-24"
15873 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15876 #~ msgid "B<--unsafe>"
15877 #~ msgstr "B<--new>"
15880 #~ msgid "2008-01-30"
15881 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15884 #~ msgid "B<Error:> E<lt>error detailsE<gt>"
15885 #~ msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>elsőbbségE<gt>"
15888 #~ msgid "2007-10-06"
15889 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15892 #~ msgid "2008-03-14"
15893 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15897 #~ msgstr "B<--new>"
15901 #~ msgstr "B<--new>"
15904 #~ msgid "2007-09-08"
15905 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15908 #~ "There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a "
15909 #~ "straightforward checksum."
15911 #~ "Nincs hitelesítés a B<deb> fájlokhoz; illetve nincs ellenőrző összeg. (Ez "
15912 #~ "megoldva - a fordító)"
15915 #~ msgid "2008-03-02"
15916 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15919 #~ msgid "2008-03-25"
15920 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15923 #~ msgid "2008-03-16"
15924 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15927 #~ msgid "2008-04-08"
15928 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15931 #~ msgid "2008-01-03"
15932 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15935 #~ msgid "2007-09-24"
15936 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15939 #~ msgid "B<-b> I<directory> [I<orig-directory>|I<orig-targz>|\\(aq\\(aq]"
15940 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-b>|B<--build> I<könyvtár> [I<archívum>|I<könyvtár>]"
15943 #~ msgid "2007-03-08"
15944 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15947 #~ msgid "2007-09-28"
15948 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
15952 #~ "See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n"
15953 #~ "contributed to B<dpkg>.\n"
15955 #~ "Lásd a I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> fájlt, melyben a B<dpkg> készítését "
15956 #~ "segítő személyek listája található."
15959 #~ msgid "2007-08-31"
15960 #~ msgstr "2006-06-17"
15963 #~ msgid "2007-05-15"
15964 #~ msgstr "2006-06-17"
15967 #~ msgid "B<dpkg --help>"
15968 #~ msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>"
15971 #~ msgid "B<dpkg --version>"
15972 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
15976 #~ "B<dpkg-deb> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
15977 #~ "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
15978 #~ "Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/"
15979 #~ "dpkg/copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
15981 #~ "A B<dpkg-deb> és e manoldal szerzője Ian Jackson. Ő adta hozzá a "
15982 #~ "Copyright (C)1995-1996 bejegyzést és adta ki GNU General Public Licence "
15983 #~ "alatt; NINCS GARANCIA. Lásd a I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> és I</usr/"
15984 #~ "share/common-licenses/GPL> fájlt a részletekért."
15988 #~ "B<dpkg-split> and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are "
15989 #~ "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public "
15990 #~ "Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I</usr/share/doc/"
15991 #~ "dpkg/copyright> and I</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
15993 #~ "A B<dpkg-deb> és e manoldal szerzője Ian Jackson. Ő adta hozzá a "
15994 #~ "Copyright (C)1995-1996 bejegyzést és adta ki GNU General Public Licence "
15995 #~ "alatt; NINCS GARANCIA. Lásd a I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/copyright> és I</usr/"
15996 #~ "share/common-licenses/GPL> fájlt a részletekért."
15999 #~ msgid "2006-04-09"
16000 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
16003 #~ msgid "2007-03-13"
16004 #~ msgstr "2006-06-17"
16007 #~ msgid "B<date>(1)."
16008 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg>(1)."
16011 #~ msgid "2006-05-23"
16012 #~ msgstr "2006-02-28"
16014 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>"
16016 #~ "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<formátum>] I<archívum>"
16019 #~ "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>"
16021 #~ "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archívum könyvtár>"
16024 #~ "You can specify the compression level used by adding a B<-z#> option. "
16025 #~ "B<dpkg-deb> will pass that option on to gzip."
16027 #~ "A B<-z#> lehetőséggel megadható a tömörítási szint. A B<dpkg-deb> átadja "
16028 #~ "ezt a gzip-nek.."
16030 #~ msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>"
16031 #~ msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
16033 #~ msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>"
16034 #~ msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>"
16036 #~ msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>"
16037 #~ msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>"
16039 #~ msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>"
16040 #~ msgstr "B<--contents>, B<-c>"
16042 #~ msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>"
16043 #~ msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>"
16045 #~ msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>"
16046 #~ msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>"
16048 #~ msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>"
16049 #~ msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>"
16051 #~ msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>"
16052 #~ msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>"
16055 #~ "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and "
16058 #~ "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> használatát, megadva lehetőségei és azok használata "
16059 #~ "összefoglalóját."
16061 #~ msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number."
16062 #~ msgstr "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> verziószámát."
16065 #~ "Prints information about B<dpkg-deb>'s copyright licensing and lack of "
16066 #~ "warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported)."
16068 #~ "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> szerzői jogi információit, a felhasználói engedélyt "
16069 #~ "(licenc) és a garancia hiányát. (Az amerikai B<--license> helyesírás is "
16072 #~ msgid "OTHER OPTIONS"
16073 #~ msgstr "MÁS LEHETŐSÉGEK"
16076 #~ msgid "B<-h, --help>"
16077 #~ msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>"
16080 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>"
16081 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-c>|B<--contents> I<archívum>"
16084 #~ msgid "COMMON OPTIONS"
16085 #~ msgstr "MŰVELETI LEHETŐSÉGEK"
16088 #~ msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS"
16089 #~ msgstr "MÁS LEHETŐSÉGEK"
16093 #~ msgstr "B<--new>"
16096 #~ msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>"
16097 #~ msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>forrás névE<gt>"
16100 #~ msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>"
16101 #~ msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>"
16104 #~ msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>"
16105 #~ msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>"
16109 #~ "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s usage message, giving a summary of its options and "
16112 #~ "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> használatát, megadva lehetőségei és azok használata "
16113 #~ "összefoglalóját."
16116 #~ msgid "Prints B<dpkg-split>'s version number."
16117 #~ msgstr "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> verziószámát."
16121 #~ "Prints information about B<dpkg-split>'s copyright licensing and lack of "
16122 #~ "warranty. (The American spelling B<--license> is also supported.)"
16124 #~ "Kiírja a B<dpkg-deb> szerzői jogi információit, a felhasználói engedélyt "
16125 #~ "(licenc) és a garancia hiányát. (Az amerikai B<--license> helyesírás is "
16129 #~ msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>"
16130 #~ msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>"
16133 #~ msgid "2007-07-18"
16134 #~ msgstr "2006-06-17"